WO2022007801A1 - 用于通信的方法和装置、终端设备、网络设备和介质 - Google Patents

用于通信的方法和装置、终端设备、网络设备和介质 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022007801A1
WO2022007801A1 PCT/CN2021/104798 CN2021104798W WO2022007801A1 WO 2022007801 A1 WO2022007801 A1 WO 2022007801A1 CN 2021104798 W CN2021104798 W CN 2021104798W WO 2022007801 A1 WO2022007801 A1 WO 2022007801A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
shared channel
channel transmission
transmission
occasions
terminal device
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2021/104798
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2022007801A9 (zh
Inventor
刘显达
李雪茹
纪刘榴
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority to EP21838235.6A priority Critical patent/EP4171154B1/en
Publication of WO2022007801A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022007801A1/zh
Publication of WO2022007801A9 publication Critical patent/WO2022007801A9/zh
Priority to US18/151,986 priority patent/US20230164783A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/56—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on priority criteria
    • H04W72/566—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on priority criteria of the information or information source or recipient
    • H04W72/569—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on priority criteria of the information or information source or recipient of the traffic information
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/002—Transmission of channel access control information
    • H04W74/006—Transmission of channel access control information in the downlink, i.e. towards the terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • H04W72/1273—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows of downlink data flows
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0613—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0615—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
    • H04B7/0617—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal for beam forming
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/08—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the receiving station
    • H04B7/0837—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the receiving station using pre-detection combining
    • H04B7/0842—Weighted combining
    • H04B7/086—Weighted combining using weights depending on external parameters, e.g. direction of arrival [DOA], predetermined weights or beamforming
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signalling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0686—Hybrid systems, i.e. switching and simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0695—Hybrid systems, i.e. switching and simultaneous transmission using beam selection
    • H04B7/06952—Selecting one or more beams from a plurality of beams, e.g. beam training, management or sweeping
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/08—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the receiving station
    • H04B7/0868—Hybrid systems, i.e. switching and combining
    • H04B7/088—Hybrid systems, i.e. switching and combining using beam selection

Definitions

  • the present disclosure generally relates to communication technology, and in particular, to a method for communication, an apparatus for communication, a terminal device, a network device, and a computer-readable medium.
  • the fifth generation (5G) mobile communication technology is a new generation of mobile communication system developed for the latest mobile communication needs, which will have ultra-high spectrum and energy efficiency. Specifically, in terms of transmission rate and resource utilization, the 5G mobile communication system will be an order of magnitude or higher than the fourth generation (4G) mobile communication system. The wireless coverage performance, transmission delay, system security and The user experience will also be significantly improved.
  • 5G has become a research hotspot in the field of mobile communications at home and abroad. countries around the world have conducted extensive discussions on the development vision, application requirements, candidate frequency bands, key technical indicators and enabling technologies of 5G and started relevant standardization processes.
  • the 5G network will meet people's needs for ultra-high traffic density, ultra-high connection density, and ultra-high mobility, and provide users with extreme service experiences such as high-definition video, virtual reality, augmented reality, cloud desktop, and online games. .
  • 5G will also penetrate into the field of Internet of Things, deeply integrating with industrial facilities, medical equipment, transportation, etc., to fully realize the "Internet of Everything".
  • various shared channels and control channels can be transmitted between terminal equipment and network equipment (or other terminal equipment).
  • Examples of shared channels may include, but are not limited to, physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH), physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), physical sidelink shared channel (physical sidelink) shared channel, PSSCH), etc.
  • Examples of control channels may include, but are not limited to, physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), physical sidelink control channel (physical sidelink) control channel, PSCCH), etc.
  • PUCCH physical uplink control channel
  • PDCCH physical downlink control channel
  • PSCCH physical sidelink control channel
  • the present disclosure relates to a technical solution for communication, and specifically provides a method for communication, an apparatus for communication, a terminal device, a network device, and a computer-readable medium.
  • a method for communication includes: a terminal device receives first scheduling information of a shared channel from a network device, where the first scheduling information indicates a set of shared channel transmission occasions of the shared channel and a first beamforming manner of the shared channel.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives second scheduling information of the control channel from the network device, where the second scheduling information indicates the control channel transmission timing of the control channel and/or the second beamforming manner of the control channel.
  • the method further includes: if the terminal device determines that the control channel transmission occasion and one or more shared channel transmission occasions in the set have at least partially overlapping time domain resources, then the terminal device is based on the first beamforming manner and the second beamforming In at least one of the manners, at least one shared channel transmission occasion is determined from the set. Wherein, the second scheduling information indicates that the second beamforming manner of the control channel is optional.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sends control information associated with the control channel to the network device at at least one shared channel transmission opportunity.
  • the terminal device determines that the control channel transmission occasion and one or more shared channel transmission occasions in the set have at least partially overlapping time domain resources, the terminal device is based on the first beamforming mode and the second beamforming mode. At least one of the alternative implementations of determining at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the set", the terminal device is based on at least one of the first beamforming manner and the second beamforming manner, from the shared channel transmission opportunity At least one shared channel transmission opportunity is determined from the set of shared channel transmission opportunities, wherein the control channel transmission opportunity and one or more shared channel transmission opportunities in the set of shared channel transmission opportunities have at least partially overlapping time domain resources.
  • determining the at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the set includes: if the first beamforming manner is that there are multiple shared channel transmission opportunities in the set associated with different beams, the terminal device determines from the set that the A beam is associated with multiple shared channel transmission occasions. In this way, in the scenario of multi-point coordinated transmission or multi-point transmission and reception of network devices, the transmission reliability of control information between the terminal device and the network device can be improved, thereby improving the communication between the terminal device and the network device. communication performance.
  • the transmission beams associated with each transmission opportunity of the multiple shared channel transmission opportunities are different from each other.
  • the multiple shared channel transmission occasions are multiple shared channel transmission occasions that are consecutively numbered in the time domain in the shared channel transmission occasion set; or the time interval between the multiple shared channel transmission occasions is less than or equal to a predetermined time interval. duration.
  • the multiple shared channel transmission occasions are used to carry control information. In this way, the delay in the transmission of control information between the terminal device and the network device can be ensured to be small, and it is avoided that the control information cannot be received within a predetermined time and simultaneously affects the transmission performance of data or other information on the shared channel.
  • determining at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the set includes: the terminal device determines a time period for generating the control information; the terminal device determines a subset of the set based on the time period, and the shared channel transmission opportunity in the subset starts from The time period between the start time point and the reception time point when the second scheduling information is received is greater than the above time period; and the terminal device determines at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the subset.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present disclosure can adapt to the terminal device with lower processing capability and satisfy the limitation of its lower processing capability.
  • determining at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the set includes: if the first beamforming manner is that all shared channel transmission opportunities in the set are associated with the same beam, then the terminal device determines one shared channel transmission opportunity from the set channel transmission timing. In this way, when the control information is transmitted through the shared channel, the influence of the control information on the transmission performance of the data or other information on the shared channel can be minimized, so as to achieve a compromise between the control information and the transmission performance of the data or other information .
  • the set of shared channel transmission occasions is a first set
  • the control channel transmission occasion is one of a second set of control channel transmission occasions for control channels
  • at least one control channel transmission occasion is determined from the first set
  • the shared channel transmission occasions include: if the second beamforming manner is that there are multiple control channel transmission occasions in the second set associated with different beams, the terminal device determines the multiple shared channel transmission occasions from the first set. In this way, when the control information needs multi-point coordinated transmission or multi-point transmission to obtain high reliability, the transmission of the control information through the shared channel can preferentially satisfy the transmission reliability of the control information.
  • the set of shared channel transmission occasions is a first set
  • the control channel transmission occasion is one of a second set of control channel transmission occasions for control channels
  • at least one control channel transmission occasion is determined from the first set
  • the shared channel transmission opportunity includes: if the second beamforming manner is that all control channel transmission opportunities in the second set are associated with the same beam, the terminal device determines one shared channel transmission opportunity from the first set. In this way, when the control information does not need multi-point coordinated transmission or multi-point transmission to obtain high reliability, the transmission of control information through the shared channel can preferentially satisfy the transmission reliability of data or other information on the shared channel.
  • the set of shared channel transmission occasions is a first set
  • the control channel transmission occasion is one of a second set of control channel transmission occasions for control channels
  • at least one control channel transmission occasion is determined from the first set
  • the shared channel transmission opportunities include: if the first beamforming mode is that there are multiple shared channel transmission opportunities in the first set that are associated with different beams, and the second beamforming mode is that there are multiple control channel transmission opportunities in the second set
  • the terminal device determines a plurality of shared channel transmission occasions associated with different beams from the first set. In this way, the transmission of control information over the shared channel can be prioritized when the control information requires coordinated multipoint transmission or multipoint transmission for high reliability, and the shared channel will use the multipoint coordinated transmission or multipoint transmission. Satisfy the transmission reliability of control information.
  • the first set is a subset of the set determined by the terminal device based on the time period.
  • the at least one shared channel transmission occasion includes multiple shared channel transmission occasions
  • sending the control information includes: the terminal device sends the control information at one or more shared channel transmission occasions among the multiple shared channel transmission occasions. corresponding multiple modulation symbols. In this way, the transmission reliability of the control information through a plurality of transmission occasions of the shared channel can be improved.
  • the at least one shared channel transmission occasion includes multiple shared channel transmission occasions
  • sending the control information includes: the terminal device respectively sending parts of the multiple modulation symbols corresponding to the control information at the multiple shared channel transmission occasions modulation symbol. In this way, the reliability of transmission of data or other information on the shared channel can be improved.
  • the number of modulation symbols respectively sent in the multiple shared channel transmission occasions is determined based on the corresponding number of time-frequency resources included in the multiple shared channel transmission occasions.
  • the modulation symbols of the control information can be allocated to each transmission opportunity according to the number of time-frequency resources of the transmission opportunity, which reduces the effect of the carried control information on data or other transmission occasions in which the number of time-frequency resources of the shared channel is small. influence of information.
  • the beamforming manner is indicated by the network device through spatial filtering indication information, or through sounding reference signal indication information.
  • At least one shared channel transmission opportunity is used to carry the same transport block.
  • modulation symbols formed by at least one redundancy version value in the same transport block are respectively mapped to the at least one shared channel transmission opportunity.
  • At least one shared channel transmission opportunity is scheduled by one DCI signaling, that is, the first scheduling information is carried in one DCI signaling.
  • the first scheduling information includes quantity information indicating at least one shared channel transmission opportunity.
  • At least one shared channel transmission opportunity is scheduled by at least one DCI signaling, and each DCI signaling is respectively used to indicate a time domain position of one shared channel transmission opportunity.
  • the at least one shared channel transmission opportunity and the control channel transmission opportunity are located on the same carrier, or on the same bandwidth part (Bandwidth part, BWP).
  • a method for communication includes: the network device sends first scheduling information of the shared channel to the terminal device, where the first scheduling information indicates a set of shared channel transmission occasions of the shared channel and a first beamforming mode of the shared channel.
  • the method further includes: the network device sends second scheduling information of the control channel to the terminal device, where the second scheduling information indicates the control channel transmission timing of the control channel and/or the second beamforming manner of the control channel.
  • the method further includes: if the network device determines that the control channel transmission opportunity has at least partially overlapping time domain resources with one or more shared channel transmission opportunities in the set, then the network device is based on the first beamforming manner and the second beamforming In at least one of the manners, at least one shared channel transmission occasion is determined from the set. Wherein, the second scheduling information indicates that the second beamforming manner of the control channel is optional.
  • the method further includes the network device receiving control information associated with the control channel from the terminal device at at least one shared channel transmission occasion.
  • the network device determines that the control channel transmission opportunity and one or more shared channel transmission opportunities in the set have at least partially overlapping time domain resources, the network device is based on the first beamforming mode and the second beamforming mode. At least one of the alternative implementations of determining at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the set", the network device is based on at least one of the first beamforming manner and the second beamforming manner, from the shared channel transmission opportunity At least one shared channel transmission opportunity is determined from the set of shared channel transmission opportunities, wherein the control channel transmission opportunity and one or more shared channel transmission opportunities in the set of shared channel transmission opportunities have at least partially overlapping time domain resources.
  • determining the at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the set includes: if the first beamforming manner is that there are multiple shared channel transmission opportunities in the set that are associated with different beams, the network device determines from the set that there are multiple shared channel transmission occasions associated with different beams A beam is associated with multiple shared channel transmission occasions.
  • the transmission beams associated with each transmission opportunity of the multiple shared channel transmission opportunities are different from each other.
  • the multiple shared channel transmission occasions are multiple shared channel transmission occasions in the set that are consecutively numbered in the time domain; or the time interval between the multiple shared channel transmission occasions is less than or equal to a predetermined duration.
  • the multiple shared channel transmission occasions are used to carry control information. In this way, the delay in the transmission of control information between the terminal device and the network device can be ensured to be small, and it is avoided that the control information cannot be received within a predetermined time and simultaneously affects the transmission performance of data or other information on the shared channel.
  • determining at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the set includes: the network device determines a time period for the terminal device to generate the control information; the network device determines a subset of the set based on the time period, and the shared channel transmission opportunity in the subset The time period between the start time point of and the reception time point when the terminal device receives the second scheduling information is greater than the above time period; and the network device determines at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the subset.
  • determining at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the set includes: if the first beamforming manner is that all shared channel transmission opportunities in the set are associated with the same beam, then the network device determines one shared channel transmission opportunity from the set channel transmission timing. In this way, when the control information is transmitted through the shared channel, the influence of the control information on the transmission performance of the data or other information on the shared channel can be minimized, so as to achieve a compromise between the control information and the transmission performance of the data or other information .
  • the set of shared channel transmission occasions is a first set
  • the control channel transmission occasion is one of a second set of control channel transmission occasions for control channels
  • at least one control channel transmission occasion is determined from the first set
  • the shared channel transmission occasions include: if the second beamforming manner is that there are multiple control channel transmission occasions in the second set associated with different beams, the network device determines the multiple shared channel transmission occasions from the first set. In this way, when the control information needs multi-point coordinated transmission or multi-point transmission to obtain high reliability, the transmission of the control information through the shared channel can preferentially satisfy the transmission reliability of the control information.
  • the set of shared channel transmission occasions is a first set
  • the control channel transmission occasion is one of a second set of control channel transmission occasions for control channels
  • at least one control channel transmission occasion is determined from the first set
  • the shared channel transmission opportunity includes: if the second beamforming manner is that all control channel transmission opportunities in the second set are associated with the same beam, the network device determines one shared channel transmission opportunity from the first set. In this way, when the control information does not need multi-point coordinated transmission or multi-point transmission to obtain high reliability, the transmission of control information through the shared channel can preferentially satisfy the transmission reliability of data or other information on the shared channel.
  • the set of shared channel transmission occasions is a first set
  • the control channel transmission occasion is one of a second set of control channel transmission occasions for control channels
  • at least one control channel transmission occasion is determined from the first set
  • the shared channel transmission opportunities include: if the first beamforming mode is that there are multiple shared channel transmission opportunities in the first set that are associated with different beams, and the second beamforming mode is that there are multiple control channel transmission opportunities in the second set Associated with different beams, the network device determines from the first set a plurality of shared channel transmission occasions associated with the different beams. In this way, the transmission of control information over the shared channel can be prioritized when the control information requires coordinated multipoint transmission or multipoint transmission for high reliability, and the shared channel will use the multipoint coordinated transmission or multipoint transmission. Satisfy the transmission reliability of control information.
  • the first set is a subset of the set determined by the terminal device based on the time period.
  • the at least one shared channel transmission occasion includes a plurality of shared channel transmission occasions
  • receiving the control information includes: the network device receives and controls the information at one or more shared channel transmission occasions of the plurality of shared channel transmission occasions. corresponding multiple modulation symbols. In this way, the transmission reliability of the control information through a plurality of transmission occasions of the shared channel can be improved.
  • the at least one shared channel transmission occasion includes a plurality of shared channel transmission occasions
  • receiving the control information includes: the network device respectively receiving parts of the plurality of modulation symbols corresponding to the control information at the plurality of shared channel transmission occasions modulation symbol. In this way, the reliability of transmission of data or other information on the shared channel can be improved.
  • the number of modulation symbols respectively sent in the multiple shared channel transmission occasions is determined based on the corresponding number of time-frequency resources included in the multiple shared channel transmission occasions.
  • the modulation symbols of the control information can be allocated to each transmission opportunity according to the number of time-frequency resources of the transmission opportunity, which reduces the effect of the carried control information on data or other transmission occasions in which the number of time-frequency resources of the shared channel is small. influence of information.
  • the beamforming manner is indicated by the network device through spatial filtering indication information, or through sounding reference signal indication information.
  • At least one shared channel transmission opportunity is used to carry the same transport block.
  • modulation symbols formed by at least one redundancy version value in the same transport block are respectively mapped to the at least one shared channel transmission opportunity.
  • At least one shared channel transmission opportunity is scheduled by one DCI signaling, that is, the first scheduling information is carried in one DCI signaling.
  • the first scheduling information includes quantity information indicating at least one shared channel transmission opportunity.
  • At least one shared channel transmission opportunity is scheduled by at least one DCI signaling, and each DCI signaling is respectively used to indicate a time domain position of one shared channel transmission opportunity.
  • the at least one shared channel transmission opportunity and the control channel transmission opportunity are located on the same carrier, or on the same partial bandwidth (BWP).
  • an apparatus for communication includes a receiver, a processor and a transmitter.
  • the receiver is configured to receive first scheduling information of the shared channel from the network device, the first scheduling information indicating a set of shared channel transmission occasions of the shared channel and a first beamforming manner of the shared channel.
  • the receiver is further configured to receive second scheduling information of the control channel from the network device, the second scheduling information indicating the control channel transmission timing of the control channel and/or the second beamforming manner of the control channel.
  • the processor is configured to, based on at least one of the first beamforming manner and the second beamforming manner, if the control channel transmission occasion is determined to have at least partially overlapping time domain resources with one or more shared channel transmission occasions in the set In one, at least one shared channel transmission opportunity is determined from the set.
  • the second scheduling information indicates that the second beamforming manner of the control channel is optional.
  • the transmitter is configured to send control information associated with the control channel to the network device at at least one shared channel transmission occasion. Through the device, the transmission reliability of the control information between the terminal equipment and the network equipment can be improved, and at the same time, the transmission reliability of the data or other information in the shared channel can be taken into account, thereby improving the communication between the network equipment and the terminal equipment. performance.
  • the processor is configured to, if it is determined that the control channel transmission occasion has at least partially overlapping time domain resources with one or more of the shared channel transmission occasions in the set, then based on the first beamforming manner and the second beamforming manner.
  • the processor is configured to, based on at least one of the first beamforming manner and the second beamforming manner, from At least one shared channel transmission opportunity is determined from the set of shared channel transmission occasions, wherein the control channel transmission occasion and one or more shared channel transmission occasions in the set of shared channel transmission occasions have at least partially overlapping time domain resources.
  • the processor is further configured to determine at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the set by: if the first beamforming way is that there are multiple shared channel transmission opportunities in the set associated with different beams, then A plurality of shared channel transmission occasions associated with different beams are determined from the set. In this way, in the scenario of multi-point coordinated transmission or multi-point transmission and reception of network devices, the transmission reliability of control information between the terminal device and the network device can be improved, thereby improving the communication between the terminal device and the network device. communication performance.
  • the transmission beams associated with each transmission opportunity of the multiple shared channel transmission opportunities are different from each other.
  • the multiple shared channel transmission occasions are multiple shared channel transmission occasions in the set that are consecutively numbered in the time domain; or the time interval between the multiple shared channel transmission occasions is less than or equal to a predetermined duration.
  • the multiple shared channel transmission occasions are used to carry control information. In this way, the delay in the transmission of control information between the terminal device and the network device can be ensured to be small, and it is avoided that the control information cannot be received within a predetermined time and simultaneously affects the transmission performance of data or other information on the shared channel.
  • the processor is further configured to determine at least one shared channel transmission occasion from the set by: determining a time period for generating the control information; determining a subset of the set, the shared channel in the subset based on the time period The time period between the start time point of the transmission opportunity and the reception time point when the second scheduling information is received is greater than the above time period; and at least one shared channel transmission opportunity is determined from the subset.
  • the apparatus of the embodiment of the present disclosure can adapt to a terminal device with a lower processing capability and satisfy the limitation of its lower processing capability.
  • the processor is further configured to determine at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the set by: if the first beamforming manner is that all shared channel transmission opportunities in the set are associated with the same beam, then A shared channel transmission opportunity is determined from the set. In this way, when the control information is transmitted through the shared channel, the influence of the control information on the transmission performance of the data or other information on the shared channel can be minimized, so as to achieve a compromise between the control information and the transmission performance of the data or other information .
  • the set of shared channel transmission occasions is a first set
  • the control channel transmission occasion is one of a second set of control channel transmission occasions of the control channel
  • the processor is further configured to pass The method determines at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the first set: if the second beamforming method is that there are multiple control channel transmission opportunities in the second set associated with different beams, then multiple shared channels are determined from the first set. transmission timing. In this way, when the control information needs multi-point coordinated transmission or multi-point transmission to obtain high reliability, the transmission of the control information through the shared channel can preferentially satisfy the transmission reliability of the control information.
  • the set of shared channel transmission occasions is a first set
  • the control channel transmission occasion is one of a second set of control channel transmission occasions of the control channel
  • the processor is further configured to pass Determine at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the first set: if the second beamforming mode is such that all control channel transmission opportunities in the second set are associated with the same beam, then determine one shared channel transmission opportunity from the first set opportunity. In this way, when the control information does not need multi-point coordinated transmission or multi-point transmission to obtain high reliability, the transmission of control information through the shared channel can preferentially satisfy the transmission reliability of data or other information on the shared channel.
  • the set of shared channel transmission occasions is a first set
  • the control channel transmission occasion is one of a second set of control channel transmission occasions of the control channel
  • the processor is further configured to pass way to determine at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the first set: if the first beamforming way is that there are multiple shared channel transmission opportunities in the first set associated with different beams, and the second beamforming way is the second set If there are multiple control channel transmission opportunities associated with different beams, then multiple shared channel transmission opportunities associated with different beams are determined from the first set. In this way, the transmission of control information over the shared channel can be prioritized when the control information requires coordinated multipoint transmission or multipoint transmission for high reliability, and the shared channel will use the multipoint coordinated transmission or multipoint transmission. Satisfy the transmission reliability of control information.
  • the first set is a subset of the set determined by the terminal device based on the time period.
  • the at least one shared channel transmission occasion includes a plurality of shared channel transmission occasions
  • the transmitter is further configured to send the control information by transmitting the control information on one or more of the plurality of shared channel transmission occasions Each occasion transmits a plurality of modulation symbols corresponding to the control information. In this way, the transmission reliability of the control information through a plurality of transmission occasions of the shared channel can be improved.
  • the at least one shared channel transmission occasion includes a plurality of shared channel transmission occasions
  • the transmitter is further configured to send the control information by sending a plurality of shared channel transmission occasions corresponding to the control information, respectively, at the plurality of shared channel transmission occasions. part of the modulation symbols of the modulation symbols. In this way, the reliability of transmission of data or other information on the shared channel can be improved.
  • the number of modulation symbols respectively sent in the multiple shared channel transmission occasions is determined based on the corresponding number of time-frequency resources included in the multiple shared channel transmission occasions.
  • the modulation symbols of the control information can be allocated to each transmission opportunity according to the number of time-frequency resources of the transmission opportunity, which reduces the effect of the carried control information on data or other transmission occasions in which the number of time-frequency resources of the shared channel is small. influence of information.
  • the beamforming manner is indicated by the network device through spatial filtering indication information, or through sounding reference signal indication information.
  • At least one shared channel transmission opportunity is used to carry the same transport block.
  • modulation symbols formed by at least one redundancy version value in the same transport block are respectively mapped to the at least one shared channel transmission opportunity.
  • At least one shared channel transmission opportunity is scheduled by one DCI signaling, that is, the first scheduling information is carried in one DCI signaling.
  • the first scheduling information includes quantity information indicating at least one shared channel transmission opportunity.
  • At least one shared channel transmission opportunity is scheduled by at least one DCI signaling, and each DCI signaling is respectively used to indicate a time domain position of one shared channel transmission opportunity.
  • the at least one shared channel transmission opportunity and the control channel transmission opportunity are located on the same carrier, or on the same partial bandwidth (BWP).
  • an apparatus for communication includes a transmitter, a processor and a receiver.
  • the transmitter is configured to send first scheduling information of the shared channel to the terminal device, where the first scheduling information indicates a set of shared channel transmission occasions of the shared channel and a first beamforming manner of the shared channel.
  • the transmitter is further configured to send second scheduling information of the control channel to the terminal device, where the second scheduling information indicates the control channel transmission timing of the control channel and/or the second beamforming manner of the control channel.
  • the processor is configured to, based on at least one of the first beamforming manner and the second beamforming manner, if the control channel transmission occasion is determined to have at least partially overlapping time domain resources with one or more shared channel transmission occasions in the set In one, at least one shared channel transmission opportunity is determined from the set.
  • the second scheduling information indicates that the second beamforming manner of the control channel is optional.
  • the receiver is configured to receive control information associated with the control channel from the terminal device at at least one shared channel transmission occasion. Through the device, the transmission reliability of the control information between the terminal equipment and the network equipment can be improved, and at the same time, the transmission reliability of the data or other information in the shared channel can be taken into account, thereby improving the communication between the network equipment and the terminal equipment. performance.
  • the processor is configured to, if it is determined that the control channel transmission occasion has at least partially overlapping time domain resources with one or more of the shared channel transmission occasions in the set, then based on the first beamforming manner and the second beamforming manner.
  • the processor is configured to, based on at least one of the first beamforming manner and the second beamforming manner, from At least one shared channel transmission opportunity is determined from the set of shared channel transmission occasions, wherein the control channel transmission occasion and one or more shared channel transmission occasions in the set of shared channel transmission occasions have at least partially overlapping time domain resources.
  • the processor is further configured to determine at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the set by: if the first beamforming way is that there are multiple shared channel transmission opportunities in the set associated with different beams, then A plurality of shared channel transmission occasions associated with different beams are determined from the set. In this way, in the scenario of multi-point coordinated transmission or multi-point transmission and reception of network devices, the transmission reliability of control information between the terminal device and the network device can be improved, thereby improving the communication between the terminal device and the network device. communication performance.
  • the transmission beams associated with each transmission opportunity of the multiple shared channel transmission opportunities are different from each other.
  • the multiple shared channel transmission occasions are multiple shared channel transmission occasions in the set that are consecutively numbered in the time domain; or the time interval between the multiple shared channel transmission occasions is less than or equal to a predetermined duration.
  • the multiple shared channel transmission occasions are used to carry control information. In this way, the delay in the transmission of control information between the terminal device and the network device can be ensured to be small, and it is avoided that the control information cannot be received within a predetermined time and simultaneously affects the transmission performance of data or other information on the shared channel.
  • the processor is further configured to determine at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the set by: determining a time period for the terminal device to generate the control information; determining a subset of the set based on the time period, wherein the The time period between the start time point of the shared channel transmission opportunity and the reception time point when the terminal device receives the second scheduling information is greater than the above time period; and at least one shared channel transmission opportunity is determined from the subset.
  • the apparatus of the embodiment of the present disclosure can adapt to a terminal device with a lower processing capability and satisfy the limitation of its lower processing capability.
  • the processor is further configured to determine at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the set by: if the first beamforming manner is that all shared channel transmission opportunities in the set are associated with the same beam, then A shared channel transmission opportunity is determined from the set. In this way, when the control information is transmitted through the shared channel, the influence of the control information on the transmission performance of the data or other information on the shared channel can be minimized, so as to achieve a compromise between the control information and the transmission performance of the data or other information .
  • the set of shared channel transmission occasions is a first set
  • the control channel transmission occasion is one of a second set of control channel transmission occasions of the control channel
  • the processor is further configured to pass The method determines at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the first set: if the second beamforming method is that there are multiple control channel transmission opportunities in the second set associated with different beams, then multiple shared channels are determined from the first set. transmission timing. In this way, when the control information needs multi-point coordinated transmission or multi-point transmission to obtain high reliability, the transmission of the control information through the shared channel can preferentially satisfy the transmission reliability of the control information.
  • the set of shared channel transmission occasions is a first set
  • the control channel transmission occasion is one of a second set of control channel transmission occasions of the control channel
  • the processor is further configured to pass Determine at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the first set: if the second beamforming mode is such that all control channel transmission opportunities in the second set are associated with the same beam, then determine one shared channel transmission opportunity from the first set opportunity. In this way, when the control information does not need multi-point coordinated transmission or multi-point transmission to obtain high reliability, the transmission of control information through the shared channel can preferentially satisfy the transmission reliability of data or other information on the shared channel.
  • the set of shared channel transmission occasions is a first set
  • the control channel transmission occasion is one of a second set of control channel transmission occasions of the control channel
  • the processor is further configured to pass way to determine at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the first set: if the first beamforming way is that there are multiple shared channel transmission opportunities in the first set associated with different beams, and the second beamforming way is the second set If there are multiple control channel transmission opportunities associated with different beams, then multiple shared channel transmission opportunities associated with different beams are determined from the first set. In this way, the transmission of control information over the shared channel can be prioritized when the control information requires coordinated multipoint transmission or multipoint transmission for high reliability, and the shared channel will use the multipoint coordinated transmission or multipoint transmission. Satisfy the transmission reliability of control information.
  • the first set is a subset of the set determined by the terminal device based on the time period.
  • the at least one shared channel transmission occasion includes a plurality of shared channel transmission occasions
  • the receiver is further configured to receive the control information by: transmitting the shared channel at one or more of the plurality of shared channel transmission occasions Each opportunity receives a plurality of modulation symbols corresponding to the control information. In this way, the transmission reliability of the control information through a plurality of transmission occasions of the shared channel can be improved.
  • the at least one shared channel transmission occasion includes a plurality of shared channel transmission occasions
  • the receiver is further configured to receive the control information by receiving a plurality of shared channel transmission occasions respectively corresponding to the control information at the plurality of shared channel transmission occasions. part of the modulation symbols of the modulation symbols. In this way, the reliability of transmission of data or other information on the shared channel can be improved.
  • the number of modulation symbols sent respectively in the multiple shared channel transmission occasions is determined based on the corresponding number of time-frequency resources included in the multiple shared channel transmission occasions.
  • the modulation symbols of the control information can be allocated to each transmission opportunity according to the number of time-frequency resources of the transmission opportunity, which reduces the effect of the carried control information on data or other transmission occasions in which the number of time-frequency resources of the shared channel is small. influence of information.
  • the beamforming manner is indicated by the network device through spatial filtering indication information, or through sounding reference signal indication information.
  • At least one shared channel transmission opportunity is used to carry the same transport block.
  • modulation symbols formed by at least one redundancy version value in the same transport block are respectively mapped to the at least one shared channel transmission opportunity.
  • At least one shared channel transmission opportunity is scheduled by one DCI signaling, that is, the first scheduling information is carried in one DCI signaling.
  • the first scheduling information includes quantity information indicating at least one shared channel transmission opportunity.
  • At least one shared channel transmission opportunity is scheduled by at least one DCI signaling, and each DCI signaling is respectively used to indicate a time domain position of one shared channel transmission opportunity.
  • the at least one shared channel transmission opportunity and the control channel transmission opportunity are located on the same carrier, or on the same partial bandwidth (BWP).
  • a terminal device in a fifth aspect of the present disclosure, includes a processor and memory.
  • the memory stores computer program instructions.
  • the memory and computer program instructions are configured, with the processor, to cause the terminal device to perform the method of the first aspect.
  • a network device in a sixth aspect of the disclosure, includes a processor and memory.
  • the memory stores computer program instructions.
  • the memory and computer program instructions are configured, with the processor, to cause the network device to perform the method of the second aspect.
  • a computer-readable medium stores machine-executable instructions.
  • the machine-executable instructions when executed by the terminal device, cause the terminal device to perform the method of the first aspect.
  • a computer-readable medium stores machine-executable instructions.
  • the machine-executable instructions when executed by the network device, cause the network device to perform the method of the second aspect.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of an example communication system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic diagram of an example set of transmission occasions for a shared channel according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 3A shows a schematic diagram of example transmission occasions for a control channel according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 3B shows a schematic diagram of an example set of transmission occasions for a control channel according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 4 illustrates an example communication process between a network device and a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 5 illustrates an example of determining one or more transmission occasions in a set of transmission occasions of a shared channel for transmitting control information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 6 illustrates another example of determining one or more transmission occasions in a set of transmission occasions of a shared channel for transmitting control information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 7 illustrates another example of determining one or more transmission occasions in a set of transmission occasions of a shared channel for transmitting control information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates another example of determining one or more transmission occasions in a set of transmission occasions of a shared channel for transmitting control information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates another example of determining one or more transmission occasions in a set of transmission occasions of a shared channel for transmitting control information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates another example of determining one or more transmission occasions in a set of transmission occasions of a shared channel for transmitting control information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates another example of determining one or more transmission occasions in a set of transmission occasions of a shared channel for transmitting control information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates another example of determining one or more transmission occasions in a set of transmission occasions of a shared channel for transmitting control information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 13 illustrates another example of determining one or more transmission occasions in a set of transmission occasions of a shared channel for transmitting control information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 14 shows a flowchart of an example method for communication according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 15 shows a flowchart of another example method for communication according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 16 shows a block diagram of an example apparatus for communication according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 17 shows a block diagram of another example apparatus for communication according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 18 shows a block diagram of an example electronic device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the term “including” and the like should be construed as inclusive, ie, “including but not limited to”.
  • the term “based on” should be understood as “based at least in part on”.
  • the terms “one embodiment” or “the embodiment” should be understood to mean “at least one embodiment”.
  • the terms “first”, “second”, etc. may refer to different or the same object and are used only to distinguish the referents and do not imply a particular spatial order, temporal order, significance of the referents Sexual order, etc.
  • values, processes, selected items, determined items, equipment, apparatus, means, parts, assemblies, etc. are referred to as “best”, “lowest”, “highest”, “minimum” , “Max”, etc.
  • determining can encompass a wide variety of actions. For example, “determining” may include computing, calculating, processing, deriving, investigating, looking up (eg, in a table, database, or another data structure), ascertaining, and the like. Further, “determining” may include receiving (eg, receiving information), accessing (eg, accessing data in memory), and the like. Furthermore, “determining” may include parsing, selecting, selecting, establishing, and the like.
  • circuitry refers to one or more of: (a) a hardware circuit-only implementation (such as an analog and/or digital-only circuit implementation); and (b) a combination of hardware circuits and software, Such as (if applicable): (i) a combination of analog and/or digital hardware circuits and software/firmware, and (ii) any portion of a hardware processor and software (including working together to enable an apparatus, such as a communication device or other electronic device) etc., digital signal processors, software, and memory that perform various functions); and (c) hardware circuits and/or processors, such as microprocessors or portions of microprocessors, that require software (eg, firmware) for operation , but can be without software when software is not required for operation.
  • a hardware circuit-only implementation such as an analog and/or digital-only circuit implementation
  • a combination of hardware circuits and software Such as (if applicable): (i) a combination of analog and/or digital hardware circuits and software/firmware, and (ii) any portion of a hardware processor and software
  • circuitry as used herein also covers an implementation of only a hardware circuit or processor (or processors), or a portion of a hardware circuit or processor, or accompanying software or firmware.
  • circuitry also covers baseband integrated circuits or similar integrated circuits in processor integrated circuits, network equipment, terminal equipment, or other equipment.
  • terminal device or “user equipment” (UE) refers to any terminal device capable of wirelessly communicating with network equipment (eg, base stations) or with each other.
  • the terminal equipment may include a mobile terminal (MT), a subscriber station (SS), a portable subscriber station (PSS), a mobile station (MS), or an access terminal (AT), as well as the aforementioned equipment in a vehicle.
  • MT mobile terminal
  • SS subscriber station
  • PSS portable subscriber station
  • MS mobile station
  • AT access terminal
  • the terminal device may be any type of mobile terminal, fixed terminal or portable terminal, including but not limited to: mobile phone, site, unit, device, multimedia computer, multimedia tablet, Internet node, communicator, desktop computer, laptop computer, Notebook Computers, Netbook Computers, Tablet Computers, Personal Communication System (PCS) Devices, Personal Navigation Devices, Personal Digital Assistants (PDAs), Audio/Video Players, Digital Cameras/Camcorders, Positioning Devices, TV Receivers, Radio Broadcast Receivers , e-book devices, gaming devices, smart meters, meters, or other devices that can be used for communication, or any combination of the above.
  • terminal device and “user equipment” may be used interchangeably for convenience of discussion.
  • a base station refers to a device capable of providing or hosting a cell or coverage area in which terminal devices may perform communications.
  • a base station may represent Node B (NodeB or NB), Evolved Node B (eNodeB or eNB), Next Generation Node B (gNB), infrastructure equipment for vehicle-to-external (V2X) communication, Remote Radio Unit (RRU), A transmit/receive point (TRP), radio head (RH), remote radio head (RRH), repeater, or low power node such as a pico base station, a femto base station, or the like.
  • NodeB or NB Node B
  • eNodeB or eNB Evolved Node B
  • gNB Next Generation Node B
  • V2X Vehicle-to-external
  • RRU Remote Radio Unit
  • TRP transmit/receive point
  • RH radio head
  • RRH remote radio head
  • repeater or low power node such as a pico base station, a
  • the coverage area of a base station ie the geographic area that can provide service, can be referred to as a cell.
  • the terms "network device” and “base station” are used interchangeably for convenience of discussion, and may primarily use an eNB or a gNB as an example of a network device.
  • both “network equipment” and “terminal equipment” may be referred to as communication equipment.
  • transmit-receive point may generally refer to a site that communicates with a terminal device or user equipment.
  • transmit and receive points may also be referred to by different terms in some scenarios, such as base station, cell, Node B, Evolved Node B (eNB), Next Generation Node B (gNB), sector, station, base transceiver System (BTS), Access Point (AP), Relay Node (RN), Remote Radio Head (RRH), Radio Unit (RU), Antenna, etc.
  • a transmission and reception point, a base station, or a cell may be interpreted as an inclusive concept, which may represent a base station controller (BSC), WCDMA in a Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) system Part of the area or function covered by Node B in the system, eNB or sector (site) in LTE system, gNB or TRP in NR system, etc.
  • BSC base station controller
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • the concepts of transmit and receive points, base stations, and/or cells may include various coverage areas, eg, macro cells, macro cells, micro cells, pico cells, femto cells, and the like.
  • such concepts may include the communication range of a relay node (RN), a remote radio head (RRH), or a radio unit (RU).
  • RN relay node
  • RRH remote radio head
  • RU radio unit
  • terminal equipment or user equipment and network equipment (base station or transmit/receive point) may be two transmit and receive objects with an inclusive meaning for embodying the techniques and concepts disclosed herein, and Not limited to a specific term or phraseology.
  • terminal equipment or user equipment and network equipment (base station or transmission/reception point) may be uplink or downlink transmission/reception objects with inclusive meaning, which are used to embody the technical content and technology of the present disclosure concept, and may not be limited to a specific term or phraseology.
  • uplink refers to the communication link in which data or information is transmitted from terminal equipment (or user equipment) to network equipment (base stations or transmission/reception points).
  • downlink refers to the communication link in which data or information is transmitted from network equipment (base station or transmission/reception point) to terminal equipment (or user equipment).
  • the terms “resource,” “transmission resource,” “resource block,” “physical resource block,” “uplink resource,” or “downlink resource” may refer to functions used to perform communications (such as between terminal equipment and network equipment) communication), such as resources in the time domain, resources in the frequency domain, resources in the space domain, resources in the code domain, or any other resource that enables communication, and so on.
  • frequency domain resources and time domain resources will be used as examples of transmission resources to describe some embodiments of the present disclosure. However, it should be understood that the embodiments of the present disclosure are equally applicable to other resources in other domains.
  • the traditional transmission scheme of the shared channel and the control channel may not guarantee high transmission reliability of the shared channel and the control channel and low transmission delay, resulting in the degradation of the communication performance between the terminal device and the network device (or other terminal devices), thereby affecting the user experience.
  • the scheduled PUSCH transmission and PUCCH transmission may overlap in the time domain, which means that the terminal device needs to simultaneously The transmission of these two channels is performed.
  • the terminal device may not have the capability to transmit two channels at the same time, or the transmission of two channels at the same time may result in a serious loss of the performance of the transmission of the two channels.
  • the terminal device can adopt two conventional processing methods.
  • a traditional processing method is to consider that the importance of PUCCH is higher than that of PUSCH, and when the two overlap in the time domain, the transmission of PUCCH can be selected and the transmission of PUSCH is abandoned. In this processing mode, the performance of the PUCCH can be guaranteed, but the transmission delay of the PUSCH will increase sharply.
  • Another traditional compromise processing method attempts to take into account the transmission delay and performance of PUCCH and PUSCH, so the uplink control information (UCI) on PUCCH is carried on PUSCH for transmission and the transmission of PUCCH is abandoned.
  • This transmission method may be referred to as "piggybacking" UCI on PUSCH.
  • the traditional compromise processing method cannot guarantee the transmission reliability of UCI.
  • Time-domain repeated transmission of PUSCH means that the same data block or transmission block (TB) carried on PUSCH is sent multiple times in multiple different time units. Different beams are used for beamforming technology.
  • the time-domain repeated transmission of PUCCH may be similar to the time-domain repeated transmission of PUSCH.
  • the communication device can have an antenna array, each array element in the antenna array can radiate energy outward, and the arrangement spacing of the array elements is usually related to the wavelength and carrier frequency of the electromagnetic wave used for communication. By adjusting the phase or amplitude of each element in the antenna array, the radiation energy pattern of the signal sent by the antenna array can be shaped.
  • the shaping here can refer to narrowing the radiation energy map to increase the energy concentration to improve the signal transmission quality, or to adjust the direction of the radiation energy map to improve the signal reception quality for a certain receiving point.
  • the purpose of beamforming is to adapt the channels to different receiving sites so that different receiving sites can all receive the same information to perform joint processing. Additionally or alternatively, under the premise that the accuracy of the channel measurement cannot be guaranteed, for example, when the terminal device has a moving speed, the coherence time will be shortened and the channel measurement will expire, then the terminal device can use beam polling or scanning to increase the signal. transmission reliability.
  • the beamforming mode for uplink transmission may be instructed by the network device 110 to the terminal device 120 .
  • the network device may configure spatial filtering information for the PUSCH/PUCCH, where the spatial filtering information is used to indicate at least one reference signal index value, and the terminal device 120 may determine a transmit beam according to each reference signal index value.
  • the reference signal may be a sounding reference signal SRS, or a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, or a secondary synchronization block (Secondary synchronization Block, SSB).
  • the terminal device can deduce the transmission beam used to transmit the uplink signal according to the indicated reference signal index value.
  • the network device may indicate at least one transmission precoding matrix information (Transmission Precoding matrix information, TPMI) for the PUSCH/PUCCH, and each TPMI corresponds to one transmission beam.
  • TPMI Transmission Precoding matrix information
  • the UCI when the PUSCH used to piggyback UCI adopts time-domain repeated transmission, the UCI is only carried on one transmission among the multiple repeated transmissions. For example, if the PUCCH and the repeatedly transmitted PUSCH overlap in the time domain in a certain time slot, the UCI in the PUCCH is only carried on the first transmission of the PUSCH, or is only carried on a specific (for example, time-domain orthogonal frequency) division multiplexing with the largest number of OFDM symbols), and abandon PUCCH transmission at the same time. In this way, by increasing the code rate of the UCI carried on the PUSCH, the reliability of UCI transmission can be ensured to a certain extent.
  • the PUCCH may also be configured to perform repeated transmissions using different beams (eg, on different symbols) through beamforming.
  • the PUCCH overlaps with the PUSCH repeatedly transmitted in the time domain, the UCI associated with the PUCCH will only be carried on one transmission of the PUSCH. Therefore, the transmission of the UCI only uses the same beam as the primary transmission of the PUSCH and cannot obtain the diversity gain. That is to say, this one-time "piggybacking" approach cannot realize the multi-site joint processing of UCI, or cannot support beam polling or scanning to increase the transmission reliability of UCI.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure provide a technical solution for communication.
  • the terminal device when the transmission opportunity of the control channel and the transmission opportunity in the transmission opportunity set of the shared channel overlap in the time domain, the terminal device can use the beamforming method of the shared channel and the beamforming of the control channel according to the In one or both manners, one or more transmission occasions are determined in the set of transmission occasions of the shared channel to transmit the control information associated with the control channel. In this way, the terminal device can improve the transmission reliability of the control information while taking into account the transmission reliability of data or other information in the shared channel, thereby improving the communication performance between the network device and the terminal device.
  • an example communication system 100 may include network devices 110 and 115 , which may communicate with end device 120 .
  • network devices 110 and 115 may act as scheduling devices for communication with terminal device 120, examples of which may include but are not limited to base stations eNB in LTE systems, base stations gNB in 5G NR systems, operator equipment, etc. Wait.
  • the functions of the network devices 110 and 115 as scheduling devices may include scheduling and configuration of uplink resources and downlink resources, and the like.
  • network devices 110 and 115 may send control information such as downlink control information (DCI) to terminal device 120 for scheduling.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • network devices 110 and 115 may also act as transceiver devices for communication with terminal device 120, examples of which may include, but are not limited to, Transmit Receive Points (TRPs), or Remote Radio Heads (RRHs), and the like.
  • TRPs Transmit Receive Points
  • RRHs Remote Radio Heads
  • the functions of the network devices 110 and 115 as transceiving devices may include transmission of downlink signals, reception of uplink signals, and the like.
  • Terminal equipment 120 may include various user equipments (UEs), the functions of which may include reception of downlink signals or sidelink signals, transmission of uplink signals or sidelink signals, and the like.
  • UEs user equipments
  • coordinated multipoint transmission also referred to as coordinated multipoint transmission
  • both network devices 110 and 115 may be macro base stations, both may be micro base stations, or one may be a macro base station and the other may be a micro base station, so that a macro base station and a macro base station, a micro base station and a micro base station, or a macro base station and a micro base station can be realized.
  • Multipoint coordinated transmission between micro base stations may be implemented between the network devices 110 and 115.
  • the network devices 110 and 115 can receive the signal sent by the terminal device 120 at the same time, and then one or both of the network devices 110 and 115 can transmit signals from the terminal device 120 respectively.
  • the received signal is subjected to joint processing to improve the reliability of the received signal, such as improving the equivalent signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the received signal.
  • SNR equivalent signal-to-noise ratio
  • the network devices 110 and 115 may also be two Transmit Receive Points (TRPs) or Remote Radio Heads (RRHs) of another network device 117 .
  • TRPs Transmit Receive Points
  • RRHs Remote Radio Heads
  • signals received by network devices 110 and 115 from terminal device 120, respectively may be transmitted to network device 117 and joint processing performed centrally at network device 117 to improve the reliability of the received signals, such as increasing the reliability of the received signals. Equivalent signal-to-noise ratio (SNR), etc.
  • SNR Equivalent signal-to-noise ratio
  • the signal received by the terminal device 120 may be communication links 114 and 116 (eg, fiber optic links) between network devices 110 and 115 and network device 117 , respectively, to transmit data from network devices 110 and 115 to network device
  • network device 117 has multiple TRPs
  • the operations of network devices 110 and 115 may also be considered as operations of network device 117 .
  • the two TRP scenarios described here are exemplary only and are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure in any way.
  • Embodiments of the present disclosure are equally applicable to single-TRP or multi-TRP scenarios, as well as any derivative scenarios thereof.
  • some embodiments will be described by taking the communication between the network device 110 and the terminal device 120 as an example, but it will be understood that all or part of the operations of the network device involved in the embodiments of the present disclosure may also be considered to be performed by the network performed by device 117.
  • any data or information can be transmitted between the network devices 110 and 115 and the terminal device 120, and these data or information can be carried over various channels.
  • a shared channel 140 may be communicated between the network device 110 and the terminal device 120, which may be used to carry data or other information (such as control information, etc.).
  • a control channel 150 may be transmitted between the network device 110 and the terminal device 120, which may be used to carry control information.
  • data may refer to communication information or communication content itself to be transmitted between a network device and a terminal device
  • control information may refer to information used to assist in the transmission of communication information or communication content.
  • shared channel 140 and control channel 150 may also be communicated between network device 115 and terminal device 120 .
  • shared channel 140 may be a PUSCH sent by end device 120 to network device 110 or 115 and control channel 150 may be a PUCCH sent by end device 120 to network device 110 or 115 .
  • PUSCH and PUCCH please refer to the relevant definitions of the 3GPP communication standards.
  • the shared channel 140 and the control channel 150 in the embodiments of the present disclosure are also intended to cover the channels for carrying data (or other information) and for carrying data (or other information) defined in future communication standards or protocols, respectively. Channel for control information.
  • the control information carried on the control channel 150 may be referred to as uplink control information (uplink control information, UCI).
  • UCI refers to control information that can be carried on an uplink channel (eg, PUCCH or PUSCH), that is, UCI is generated by the terminal device 120 and then sent to the network device 110 .
  • the control information (eg, UCI) carried on the control channel 150 may include scheduling request (SR), hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK), channel status Information (channel state information, CSI), etc.
  • End device 120 may use a scheduling request to request network device 110 for allocation of physical resources for transmitting data.
  • Terminal device 120 may use HARQ-ACK to indicate whether downlink data sent by network device 110 to terminal device 120 was received correctly. If the terminal device 120 receives the downlink data correctly, the terminal device 120 may feed back an ACK to the network device 110 . Conversely, if the terminal device 120 does not receive the downlink data correctly, the terminal device 120 may feed back a NACK to the network device 110 .
  • the channel state information is the channel state information determined by the terminal device 120 through downlink channel measurement, including information such as rank (RANK), precoding matrix indication (PMI), channel quality indication (CQI).
  • PUCCH Since the PUCCH is generally used to carry more important uplink control information, the PUCCH can be designed to ensure a lower bit error rate. To this end, in some embodiments, multiple PUCCH formats are provided to adapt to different transmission scenarios. These PUCCH formats include but are not limited to PUCCH format 0 (also abbreviated as PF0), PUCCH format 2 (also abbreviated as PF2), PUCCH format 1/3/4 (also abbreviated as PF1/3/4) and the like. PUCCH format 0 is a short PUCCH format carrying 1-2 bits.
  • the short format means that PUCCH can occupy 1-2 Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols in the time domain, and carrying 1-2 bits can refer to The number of information bits for HARQ-ACK.
  • the PUCCH of this format can occupy one resource block (RB) in the frequency domain, that is, 12 subcarriers.
  • the HARQ-ACK information may be transmitted in a sequence on the PUCCH.
  • the sequence may be a 12-long low peak to average power ratio (PAPR) sequence.
  • PAPR peak to average power ratio
  • the set of base sequences is subjected to a specific modulation (eg, quadrature phase shift keying QPSK modulation) to generate a modulated sequence.
  • the modulated sequence is subjected to a specific operation (eg, cyclic shift CS) to generate a cyclically shifted sequence. Sequences with different cyclic shift values may correspond to different HARQ-ACK information.
  • the network device 110 may perform correlation detection by performing different cyclic shift operations on the received signal and the base sequence, thereby determining the HARQ-ACK information sent by the terminal device 120.
  • the information carried on the two OFDM symbols may be the same, that is, the same base sequence is applied with the same CS value and carried on the two OFDM symbols.
  • the purpose of this is that the channels on the two OFDM symbols can be considered to be approximately the same, which is equivalent to improving the received signal-to-noise ratio.
  • the physical resource block (Physical Resource Block, PRB) occupied by the second OFDM symbol may be different from the first OFDM symbol, which may be called frequency hopping.
  • the frequency hopping method can obtain frequency diversity gain, that is, the same information bit can be sent on different frequencies, and the receiving end can obtain two identical information bits that have experienced different frequency domain channels, and then perform combining processing.
  • the physical antenna or beamforming mode used for signal transmission on the second OFDM symbol may be different from the first symbol, so as to further obtain spatial diversity gain and make the beamforming mode Adapt to different frequency domain channels.
  • PUCCH format 2 is a short PUCCH format carrying more than 2 bits.
  • the PUCCH in the PUCCH format may occupy 1-16 resource blocks in the frequency domain.
  • the HARQ-ACK information on the PUCCH can be coded and modulated to form a modulation symbol and map it to the PUCCH resource.
  • a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) can be mapped on some specific resource elements (REs) in these PUCCH resources, which are used for PUCCH channel estimation.
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • REs resource elements
  • PUCCH format 2 occupies two OFDM symbols, the information carried on the two OFDM symbols may also be the same, that is, the information bits are mapped to the two symbols after the same coding and modulation.
  • PUCCH format 2 can also support frequency hopping of the second symbol and adopt different beamforming methods.
  • the PUCCH format 1/3/4 is a long PUCCH format, and the long format may refer to that the PUCCH occupies more OFDM symbols in the time domain, for example, 4-14 OFDM symbols.
  • PUCCH format 1 may carry 1-2 information bits of HARQ-ACK.
  • DMRS and UCI can be alternately carried on consecutive OFDM symbols, and the UCI information on different OFDM symbols can be the same, but different orthogonal cover codes (OCC codes) can be used for multi-user (MU).
  • OCC codes orthogonal cover codes
  • odd-numbered symbol positions may carry the same UCI information bits, and UCI information bits on different symbols may be processed by a specific OCC code, thereby forming multiple orthogonal resources in the code domain.
  • PUCCH format 3/4 can be used for UCI transmission under single carrier waveform.
  • DMRS can be carried on certain symbols in PUCCH, and UCI can be carried on other symbols.
  • PUCCH formats 1/3/4 can also support frequency hopping transmission.
  • the channels on multiple symbols in the same frequency hopping are derivable, that is, the same antenna port is used for transmission, which can be understood as using the same physical antenna and using Same beamforming.
  • the channels in different frequency hopping are not derivable, that is, the terminal device 120 can use different antenna ports for transmission. This can be understood as using different physical antennas or using different beamforming.
  • the control information carried on different frequency hopping may be the same or different.
  • the network devices 110 and 115 can use the multi-site coordinated transmission technology to improve the uplink reception quality for the terminal device 12 , eg, the uplink reception quality of the shared channel 140 or the control channel 150 .
  • the network devices 110 and 115 can simultaneously receive as multiple sites.
  • the reception reliability of the shared channel 140 or the control channel 150 can be improved, for example, the equivalent SNR of the received shared channel 140 or the control channel 150 can be improved.
  • terminal device 120 may have beamforming capabilities.
  • terminal device 120 may use different beams to transmit signals to network devices or other terminal devices located in different directions and locations. As depicted in FIG. 1, terminal device 120 may generate beams 122, 124, 126, etc. to transmit various signals, eg, shared channels 140 and 160 and control channels 150 and 170, among others. In some embodiments, beams 122 and 124 may be more directional beams, where beam 122 may be directed toward network device 110 and beam 124 may be directed toward network device 115 . In contrast, beam 126 may be a wider coverage beam, which may be used to cover both network devices 110 and 115, for example. In each transmission of shared channels 140 and 160 or control channels 150 and 170, terminal device 120 may selectively employ one or more beams.
  • shared channels 140 and 160 or control channels 150 and 170 terminal device 120 may selectively employ one or more beams.
  • each beam of the terminal device 120 may have a beam index, and the network device 110 may use the beam index during communication with the terminal device 120 to instruct the terminal device to use the corresponding beam.
  • the terminal device 120 may form any number and shape of beams by beamforming techniques for performing signal transmission. It should be understood that the beamforming here can be directional beams formed by phase shifters and different phases on different antenna groups in the analog domain, or directional beams formed by different antenna elements and different phases in the digital domain, or two combination of persons.
  • the terminal device 120 may use different transmit beamforming manners (or beams) to match channels to different sites, and use the above-mentioned different transmit beamforming manners (or beams) on different physical resources.
  • the terminal device 120 may also jointly determine optimal beamforming on different frequency domain resources according to multiple channels to different sites, and then use the optimal beamforming on different frequency domain resources to transmit signals. Taking PUCCH format 0 as an example, terminal device 120 may use beam 122 to send UCI to network device 110 on the first symbol of PUCCH format 0, and send the same UCI to network device 115 using beam 124 on the second symbol.
  • network device 110 may receive beam 122 and network device 115 may receive beam 124 so that network devices 110 and 115 may perform joint processing on the received signals to determine indication information in PUCCH format 0.
  • PUCCH format 0 as an example, symbol 1 and symbol 2 can carry the same UCI, but can occupy different resource blocks, thereby producing frequency hopping effect, and the beams used on the two symbols can be different. In this way, frequency diversity gain can also be obtained.
  • the terminal device 120 may also perform sidelink communication with the terminal device 130 , that is, device-to-device (D2D) communication.
  • PSSCH 160 and PSCCH 170 may be transmitted between terminal device 120 and terminal device 130.
  • PSSCH 160 may be used to carry sidelink data or other information (such as control information), while PSCCH 170 may be used to carry sidelink control information.
  • the definition and details of PSSCH 160 and PSCCH 170 can refer to relevant communication standards or protocols, such as 3GPP standards.
  • embodiments of the present disclosure are also equally applicable to sidelink communication channels defined in future developed communication standards. It should also be noted that some embodiments are described below with reference to the shared channel 140 and the control channel 150 between the network device 110 or 115 and the terminal device 120 as examples, but these embodiments may also be applicable to the terminal device 120 and one or more Shared channel 160 and control channel 170 between other end devices (eg, end device 130).
  • the shared channel 140 between the network device 110 and the terminal device 120 may support time domain repeat transmission.
  • a set of transmission occasions for time-domain repeated transmission of the shared channel 140 is briefly described below with reference to FIG. 2 . It should be noted that although some embodiments of the present disclosure are described in the scenario of repeated transmission in the time domain of the shared channel 140, the embodiments of the present disclosure may also be applicable to the scenario in which the shared channel 140 is transmitted only once in the time domain, That is, the shared channel 140 has only one transmission opportunity.
  • a "transmission occasion” may generally refer to a certain transmission of various signals or channels (eg, shared channel 140 and control channel 150, etc.), which may correspond to a transmission used for that transmission resources, such as time-frequency resources, etc.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic diagram of an example set of transmission occasions 210 for shared channel 140 in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the horizontal axis may represent time, that is, time-domain resources
  • the vertical axis may represent frequency, that is, frequency-domain resources.
  • the terminal device 120 may transmit the shared channel 140 to the network device 110 at the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4 in the transmission occasion set 210, that is, transmit the shared channel 140 to the network device 110 multiple times in the time domain, thereby improving the sharing Transmission reliability of channel 140. This is also referred to as time domain repeat transmission of the shared channel 140 .
  • Each of the transmission occasions 210 - 1 to 210 - 4 may represent time-frequency resources used for transmitting the shared channel 140 this time.
  • transmission opportunities 210-1 to 210-4 in the set of transmission opportunities 210 are depicted as occupying the same and contiguous frequency domain resources in the frequency domain.
  • one or more transmission occasions in the set of transmission occasions 210 may also occupy different frequency domain resources, or occupy discontinuous frequency resources.
  • one or more of the transmission occasions in the set of transmission occasions 210 may occupy a different number of frequency domain resources in the frequency domain than other transmission occasions.
  • the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4 in the set of transmission occasions 210 are depicted as having the same interval in the time domain.
  • two or more of the transmission occasions in the set of transmission occasions 210 may also be unspaced in the time domain, or multiple transmission occasions may have different intervals in the time domain.
  • the transmission opportunities 210-1 to 210-4 in the set of transmission opportunities 210 are depicted as occupying the same number (ie, the same duration) and contiguous time domain resources in the time domain.
  • one or more transmission occasions in the set of transmission occasions 210 may also occupy a different number of time domain resources, or occupy discontinuous time domain resources.
  • the time domain for the shared channel 140 may be at the sub-slot level.
  • the present disclosure is not limited thereto, and in other embodiments, there may be more or less transmission opportunities in one time slot.
  • a "time slot" may refer to a "unit of time” defined to facilitate describing or coordinating communications between communication devices.
  • time slot may also refer to any already defined unit of time or any unit of time to be defined in the future.
  • the same transport block transmitted at different time units may use different redundancy versions (RVs) as the buffer for reading the ring buffer of end device 120 starting value.
  • RVs redundancy versions
  • the same transmission block formed by modulation and coding of the same information bit string may use different RV values as starting values, and the information bits to be sent are formed after bit mapping operation in the ring buffer of the terminal device 120 .
  • two repeated transmissions 210-1 and 210-2 may be performed in one time slot 250, and in two time units 210-1 and 210-2 carrying the same transmission block, the terminal device 120 may adopt different beamforming methods to adapt to channels reaching different sites (eg, network devices 110 and 115), or adopt beam polling or scanning methods to increase transmission reliability.
  • the control channel 150 between the network device 110 and the terminal device 120 may not perform time-domain repeated transmissions, ie, only transmit once in the time domain.
  • the transmission timing for the control channel 150 when there is no time-domain repetitive transmission is briefly described below with reference to FIG. 3A.
  • 3A shows a schematic diagram of an example transmission occasion 310 for the control channel 150 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the horizontal axis may represent time, that is, time-domain resources
  • the vertical axis may represent frequency, that is, frequency-domain resources.
  • terminal device 120 may transmit control channel 150 to network device 110 at transmission opportunity 310 .
  • FIG. 3A shows a schematic diagram of an example transmission occasion 310 for the control channel 150 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the horizontal axis may represent time, that is, time-domain resources
  • the vertical axis may represent frequency, that is, frequency-domain resources.
  • terminal device 120 may transmit control channel 150 to network device 110 at transmission opportunity 310 .
  • transmission opportunities 310 are depicted as occupying the same and contiguous time and frequency domain resources in the time and frequency domains.
  • the present disclosure is not limited thereto, and in other embodiments, the transmission occasion 310 may also occupy discontinuous time domain resources and discontinuous frequency domain resources.
  • the control channel 150 between the network device 110 and the terminal device 120 may also support time-domain repeated transmission.
  • PUCCH format 0 may be repeatedly transmitted using different beams on different symbols.
  • PUCCH formats 1/3/4 may also support time-domain repeated transmission within one time slot.
  • other PUCCH formats can similarly perform time-domain repeated transmission.
  • the set of transmission occasions used for the time-domain repeated transmission of the control channel 150 is briefly described below with reference to FIG. 3B. 3B shows a schematic diagram of an example set of transmission occasions 350 for the control channel 150 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. In FIG.
  • the horizontal axis may represent time, that is, time-domain resources
  • the vertical axis may represent frequency, that is, frequency-domain resources.
  • the terminal device 120 may transmit the control channel 150 to the network device 110 at the transmission occasions 350-1 to 350-4 in the transmission occasion set 350, that is, transmit the control channel 150 to the network device 110 multiple times in the time domain, thereby improving the control Transmission reliability of channel 150. This is also referred to as the time domain repeat transmission of the control channel 150 .
  • Each of the transmission occasions 350 - 1 to 350 - 4 may represent time-frequency resources used for transmitting the control channel 150 this time.
  • transmission opportunities 350-1 through 350-4 in the set of transmission opportunities 350 are depicted as occupying the same and contiguous frequency domain resources in the frequency domain.
  • one or more transmission occasions in the set of transmission occasions 350 may also occupy different frequency domain resources, or occupy discontinuous frequency resources.
  • one or more of the transmission occasions in the set of transmission occasions 350 may occupy a different number of frequency domain resources in the frequency domain than other transmission occasions.
  • the transmission occasions 350-1 to 350-4 in the set of transmission occasions 350 are depicted as having the same interval in the time domain.
  • two or more transmission occasions in the set of transmission occasions 350 may also be unspaced in the time domain, or multiple transmission occasions may have different intervals in the time domain.
  • transmission opportunities 350-1 to 350-4 in the set of transmission opportunities 350 are depicted as occupying the same number (ie, the same duration) and contiguous time domain resources in the time domain.
  • one or more of the transmission occasions in the set of transmission occasions 350 may also occupy a different number of time domain resources, or occupy discontinuous time domain resources.
  • the time unit used in the time-domain repeated transmission of the control channel 150 may be at the sub-slot level, that is, the control is performed within 1 time slot
  • the time domain repeat transmission of channel 150 may be at the sub-slot level, that is, the control is performed within 1 time slot
  • the time domain repeat transmission of channel 150 in order to ensure a lower transmission delay of the control channel 150, the time unit used in the time-domain repeated transmission of the control channel 150 may be at the sub-slot level, that is, the control is performed within 1 time slot
  • the time domain repeat transmission of channel 150 may be at the sub-slot level, that is, the control is performed within 1 time slot
  • the time domain repeat transmission of channel 150 may be at the sub-slot level, that is, the control is performed within 1 time slot
  • the time domain repeat transmission of channel 150 in order to ensure a lower transmission delay of the control channel 150.
  • a time slot may be divided into multiple sub-slots, and each repeated transmission may be sent at the same time domain position in each sub-slot.
  • transmission opportunity 350-1 may be within sub-slot 360-1, while transmission opportunities 350-2 through 350-4 may be at the same position in the corresponding sub-slot.
  • the network device 110 may indicate the time domain position of the first transmission to the terminal device 120, and each subsequent repeated transmission is arranged consecutively or separated by several symbols from the first transmission, and the time domain same length.
  • time slot 360 there are four transmission opportunities in time slot 360 in FIG. 3B, in other embodiments, there may be more or fewer transmission opportunities in a time slot (eg, time slot 360).
  • the time-domain repeated transmission mode of the control channel 150 described here with reference to FIG. 3B may also be applied to the time-domain repeated transmission of the shared channel 140 .
  • FIGS. 1 , 2 , 3A and 3B only schematically illustrate devices, units, elements or information in an example communication system 100 that are relevant to embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the example communication system 100 may also include other devices, units, elements or information for other functions.
  • the specific number of terminal devices, the specific number of network devices, the specific number of channels, the specific number of beams, and the specific number of transmission opportunities shown in FIGS. 1, 2, 3A, and 3B are for illustration purposes only. , is not intended to limit the scope of this disclosure in any way.
  • the example communication environment 100 may include any suitable number of terminal devices suitable for implementing embodiments of the present disclosure, any suitable number of network devices, any suitable number of other communication devices, any suitable number of channels, and any suitable number of beams, etc. , shared channel 140 and control channel 150 may also have any suitable number of transmission opportunities. Additionally, it will be appreciated that there may be various wireless communications as well as wired communications (if desired) between all communication devices. Therefore, the embodiments of the present disclosure are not limited to the specific devices, units, elements or information depicted in FIG. 1 , FIG. 2 , FIG. 3A and FIG. 3B , but are generally applicable to signal transmission between terminal devices and network devices. any technical environment.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure can be applied to the URLLC transmission scenario in 5G, which is characterized by low latency of the user plane and control plane, for example, the latency of the user plane can be as low as 1 ms, and the transmission reliability is high, For example, the block error rate (BLER) can reach 10-5 under a specific SNR.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure are applicable to both homogeneous network and heterogeneous network scenarios, and are applicable to both frequency division duplex (FDD) systems and time division duplex (TDD) systems.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure are applicable to low-frequency scenarios (below 6G) and high-frequency scenarios (above 6G).
  • Embodiments of the present disclosure are applicable to 4G, 5G or future mobile communication systems.
  • communications in the example communication environment 100 may conform to any suitable standard including, but not limited to, Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Extended Coverage Global System for Mobile Internet of Things (EC-GSM-IoT), Long Term Evolution (LTE). ), LTE Evolution, LTE-Advanced (LTE-A), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), GSM EDGE Radio Access Network (GERAN), etc.
  • GSM Global System for Mobile Communications
  • E-GSM-IoT Extended Coverage Global System for Mobile Internet of Things
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A LTE Evolution, LTE-Advanced
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • GSM EDGE Radio Access Network GSM EDGE Radio Access Network
  • communications in the example communications environment 100 may be performed according to any communications protocol currently known or to be developed in the future. Examples of communication protocols include, but are not limited to, first generation (1G), second generation (2G), 2.5G, 2.75G,
  • FIG. 4 illustrates an example communication process 400 between the network device 110 and the terminal device 120 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the example communication process 400 will be described with reference to various elements shown in FIGS. 1, 2, 3A, and 3B. It should be appreciated, however, that the example communication process 400 may also be performed between any two communication devices in any other communication scenario.
  • network device 110 may send (410) scheduling information 405 for shared channel 140 to terminal device 120. . That is, network device 110 may use scheduling information 405 to schedule end device 120 to transmit data or other information (such as control information) to network device 110 on shared channel 140 .
  • the scheduling information 405 of the shared channel 140 may also be referred to as the first scheduling information 405 .
  • the terminal device 120 may receive ( 420 ) the first scheduling information 405 for the shared channel 140 from the network device 110 .
  • the first scheduling information 405 may be sent through higher layer signaling.
  • higher layer signaling may include radio resource control (RRC) messages, medium access control (MAC) control element (CE) messages, or other higher layer signaling, among others.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • MAC medium access control
  • CE control element
  • the first scheduling information 405 may also be sent through downlink control information (DCI).
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the network device 110 may use the PDCCH to carry the DCI information sent to the terminal device 120 .
  • the first scheduling information 405 may also be sent using a combination of two or more of RRC messages, MAC CE messages, and DCI information. More generally, the first scheduling information 405 may be sent in any form of message or information that conforms to existing or future developed communication standards or protocols (eg, 3GPP protocol standards).
  • the first scheduling information 405 may indicate resources for transmitting the shared channel 140 .
  • the network device 110 may instruct the terminal device 120 to perform the repeated transmission of the shared channel 140 through the first scheduling information 405 .
  • shared channel 140 will have a set of transmission opportunities, each of which may be associated with a certain set of transmission resources (eg, a set of time-frequency resources) link.
  • the set of transmission occasions 210 may include transmission occasions 210-1 through 210-4.
  • the first scheduling information 405 sent by the network device 110 can indicate to the terminal device 120 the transmission occasion set 210 of the shared channel 140 , that is, the transmission occasions 210 - 1 to 210 - 4 , thereby indicating the time domain repeated transmission of the shared channel 140 . Therefore, after receiving the first scheduling information 405, the terminal device 120 may determine that the shared channel 140 is to be transmitted at these transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4, ie, time domain repeat transmissions.
  • the set 210 of transmission occasions of the shared channel 140 may also be referred to as the first set 210 .
  • multiple repeated transmissions of PUSCH may be scheduled by one DCI signaling.
  • the DCI signaling indicates the time domain position occupied by the transmission opportunity of the PUSCH that is repeatedly transmitted for the first time and indicates the number of repeated transmissions, that is, the number of transmission opportunities. occupied time domain position.
  • the DCI signaling also indicates the RV value used by the PUSCH for the first repeated transmission, and the terminal device deduces the RV value used for the other repeated transmissions except the first repeated transmission according to a predetermined rule.
  • the PUSCH repeatedly transmitted multiple times may be scheduled by multiple DCI signaling.
  • each DCI signaling indicates a time domain position occupied by a transmission opportunity of a PUSCH that is repeatedly transmitted, and multiple DCI signalings will jointly inform the terminal device to schedule the same data block TB.
  • the terminal device 120 can also use different beams when sending the shared channel 140 at different transmission occasions, and can also use different beams when sending the shared channel 140 at one transmission occasion , so the network device 110 can also indicate the beamforming mode of the shared channel 140 to the terminal device 120 in the first scheduling information 405 .
  • beamforming manner may refer to the beam configuration that a communication device adopts when transmitting or receiving signals, and may also refer to which beam or beams are used to transmit or receive signals.
  • beamforming approach may include any configuration associated with a beam, and may be used interchangeably with “beam configuration” or “beamforming configuration.”
  • beamforming manner of the shared channel 140 may also be referred to as the first beamforming manner.
  • the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4 of the shared channel 140 may be associated with different beams.
  • transmission opportunities 210-1 and 210-3 may be associated with beam 122
  • transmission opportunities 210-2 and 210-4 may be associated with beam 124.
  • the specific associations of transmission occasions and beams herein are merely exemplary and are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure in any way. Embodiments of the present disclosure are equally applicable to any association between the transmission opportunity of the shared channel 140 and the available beams of the terminal device 120 .
  • one transmission opportunity of shared channel 140 may be associated with multiple beams, while another transmission opportunity may be associated with only one beam.
  • the two transmission occasions can be considered to be associated with different beams. For example, given that transmission opportunity 210-1 is associated with both beams 122 and 124, and transmission opportunity 210-2 is associated with beam 122 only, then transmission opportunities 210-1 and 201-2 are considered to be associated with different beams. Furthermore, in some embodiments, one transmission opportunity of the shared channel 140 may be associated with multiple beams, and another transmission opportunity may be associated with multiple beams, but the beams of the two transmission opportunities are not identical. In this case, the two transmission occasions can be considered to be associated with different beams. For example, given that transmission occasion 210-1 is associated with both beams 122 and 124, and transmission occasion 210-2 is associated with beams 122 and 126, then transmission occasions 210-1 and 201-2 are considered to be associated with different beams .
  • the transmission opportunities 210-1 to 210-4 of the shared channel 140 may be associated with the same beam.
  • the "same beam” may refer to the same one beam, or may refer to the same multiple beams.
  • transmission occasions 210-1 and 210-2 are considered to be associated with the same beam.
  • the transmission occasions 210-1 and 210-2 are also considered to be associated with the same beam, and at this time, different beams may be Corresponding to different transport layers on the same time-frequency resource.
  • the DCI signaling when the PUSCH repeatedly transmitted for multiple times is scheduled by one DCI signaling, the DCI signaling may indicate multiple transmission beams, each transmission beam corresponds to one or more transmission occasions, and the transmission corresponding to different transmission beams Timing is different.
  • the DCI signaling may include a spatial filtering information indication field, which may be used to indicate multiple reference signal index values, and the terminal device may derive one transmit beam information according to each reference signal index value.
  • the DCI signaling may include a transmission precoding matrix indication field (Transmission Precoding matrix information, TPMI), which may be used to indicate multiple TPMIs, and each TPMI may be understood as a transmission beam information.
  • TPMI Transmission Precoding matrix information
  • TPMI is used to indicate the phase information used by the transmitting end to transmit signals with multiple antennas. It is usually expressed in the form of a matrix. The rows of the matrix correspond to each transmitting antenna, the columns of the matrix correspond to different transmission layers, and each matrix element is the corresponding transmitting antenna. The phase at the corresponding transport layer.
  • each DCI signaling may indicate one transmission beam and correspond to one transmission opportunity.
  • the DCI signaling may include a spatial filtering information indication field, and the field may be used to indicate a reference signal index value, and the terminal device may derive a transmit beam information according to the reference signal index value.
  • the network device 110 may send (430) the scheduling information 415 of the control channel 150 to the terminal device 120. That is, network device 110 may use scheduling information 415 to schedule end device 120 to transmit control information 425 to network device 110 on control channel 150 .
  • the scheduling information 415 of the control channel 150 may also be referred to as the second scheduling information 415 .
  • the terminal device 120 may receive ( 440 ) the second scheduling information 415 for the control channel 150 from the network device 110 .
  • the second scheduling information 415 may be sent through higher layer signaling.
  • higher layer signaling may include RRC messages, MAC CE messages, or other higher layer signaling, and the like.
  • the second scheduling information 415 may also be sent through DCI information.
  • the second scheduling information 415 may also be sent using a combination of two or more of RRC messages, MAC CE messages, and DCI information. More generally, the second schedule information 415 may be sent in any form of message or information that conforms to existing or future developed communication standards or protocols (eg, 3GPP protocol standards).
  • the resources used for transmitting the control channel 150 may be indicated in the second scheduling information 415 .
  • the control channel 150 may be configured to be transmitted only once in the time domain.
  • the control channel 150 may have one transmission opportunity 310, which may be associated with a certain set of transmission resources (eg, a set of time-frequency resources). Therefore, the second scheduling information 415 sent by the network device 110 may indicate to the terminal device 120 the transmission opportunity 310 of the control channel 150 . After receiving the second scheduling information 415 , the terminal device 120 may determine that the control channel 150 is to be transmitted to the network device 110 at the transmission occasion 310 .
  • a certain set of transmission resources eg, a set of time-frequency resources
  • the network device 110 may instruct the terminal device 120 through the second scheduling information 415 to perform the repeated transmission of the control channel 150 .
  • the control channel 150 will have a set of transmission opportunities, each of which may be associated with a certain set of transmission resources (eg, a set of time-frequency resources) link.
  • the set of transmission occasions 350 may include transmission occasions 350-1 through 350-4.
  • the second scheduling information 415 sent by the network device 110 may indicate to the terminal device 120 the set of transmission occasions 350 of the control channel 150 , ie, the transmission occasions 350 - 1 to 350 - 4 , so as to indicate the time domain repeated transmission of the control channel 150 . Therefore, after receiving the second scheduling information 415, the terminal device 120 may determine that the control channel 150 will be transmitted at these transmission occasions 350-1 to 350-4, ie, time domain repeat transmissions.
  • the set 350 of transmission occasions of the control channel 150 may also be referred to as the second set 350. It should be noted that the embodiments of the present disclosure are equally applicable to the two cases where the control channel 150 has one transmission occasion 310 and a set of transmission occasions 350 .
  • the transmission occasion 310 can also be equally replaced with any one of the transmission occasions in the set of transmission occasions 350 .
  • the network device 110 may configure the number of transmission occasions for the PUCCH time-domain repeated transmission. Specifically, it can be indicated by configuring the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the PUCCH, or by configuring a frequency hopping mode that enables the PUCCH, or directly configuring the number.
  • the network device 110 may also indicate the beamforming mode of the control channel 150 to the terminal device 120 in the second scheduling information 415 .
  • the second scheduling information 415 may indicate one of the transmission timing and beamforming manner of the control channel 150 .
  • the second scheduling information 415 may also indicate both the transmission timing and the beamforming manner of the control channel 150 .
  • the beamforming manner of the control channel 150 may also be referred to as the second beamforming manner.
  • the second beamforming manner may indicate the beam associated with the transmission opportunity 310 .
  • the second beamforming manner may indicate that transmission occasion 310 is associated with one of beams 122, 124, 126, etc. beams.
  • the second beamforming manner may also indicate that the transmission occasion 310 is associated with two or more beams among the beams 122 , 124 , 126 , etc., that is, the terminal device 120 can simultaneously use multiple beams at the transmission occasion 310 beams to transmit the control channel 150.
  • the transmission opportunities 350-1 to 350-4 of the control channel 150 may be associated with different beams .
  • transmission opportunities 350-1 and 350-3 may be associated with beam 122
  • transmission opportunities 350-2 and 350-4 may be associated with beam 124.
  • the specific associations of transmission occasions and beams herein are merely exemplary and are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure in any way. Embodiments of the present disclosure are equally applicable to any association between the transmission occasion of the control channel 150 and the available beams of the terminal device 120 .
  • one transmission opportunity of the control channel 150 may be associated with multiple beams, while another transmission opportunity may be associated with only one beam.
  • the two transmission occasions can be considered to be associated with different beams. For example, given that transmission opportunity 350-1 is associated with both beams 122 and 124, and transmission opportunity 350-2 is associated with beam 122 only, then transmission opportunities 350-1 and 350-2 are considered to be associated with different beams. Furthermore, in some embodiments, one transmission opportunity of the control channel 150 may be associated with multiple beams and another transmission opportunity may be associated with multiple beams, but the beams of the two transmission opportunities are not identical. In this case, the two transmission occasions can be considered to be associated with different beams. For example, given that transmission opportunity 350-1 is associated with both beams 122 and 124, and transmission opportunity 350-2 is associated with beams 122 and 126, then transmission opportunities 350-1 and 350-2 are considered to be associated with different beams .
  • the transmission occasions 350-1 to 350-4 of the control channel 150 may be associated with the same beam .
  • the "same beam” may refer to the same one beam, or may refer to the same multiple beams.
  • transmission occasions 350-1 and 350-2 are both associated with beam 122, then transmission occasions 350-1 and 350-2 are considered to be associated with the same beam.
  • transmission opportunities 350-1 and 350-2 are both associated with both beams 122 and 124, then transmission opportunities 350-1 and 350-2 are also considered to be associated with the same beam.
  • the second scheduling information may only indicate the physical resources of the control channel 150 but not the beamforming manner of the control channel 150 .
  • the terminal device 120 may not have the ability to transmit the shared channel 140 and the control channel 150 at the same time, or the simultaneous transmission of the shared channel 140 and the control channel 150 may cause the transmission performance of the two channels to be degraded, which affects the communication between the network device 110 and the control channel 150. Communication performance between end devices 120 . Therefore, after receiving the first scheduling information 405 and the second scheduling information 415 from the network device 110, the terminal device 120 can determine whether the transmission occasion 310 of the control channel 150 is the same as the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210- of the first set 210 4. Has overlapping time domain resources, that is, whether or not the transmission occasion 310 overlaps the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4 in the time domain.
  • the terminal device 120 may determine whether at least one OFDM symbol overlaps the transmission opportunity of PUSCH and the transmission opportunity of PUCCH.
  • the transmission occasions 310 of the control channel 150 scheduled by the network device 110 and the first set 210 of transmission occasions of the shared channel 140 overlap in the time domain.
  • one of shared channel 140 and control channel 150 may be scheduled for periodic transmission, while the other may be scheduled aperiodically (or temporarily).
  • the control channel 150 and the shared channel 140 may be scheduled at two times far apart, thus causing the scheduled transmission occasions 310 and the first set 210 to overlap in the time domain.
  • one or both of the transmission opportunities 310 of the control channel 150 and the first set 210 of transmission opportunities of the shared channel 140 may be temporarily modified to cause overlap, and so on. If there is a time domain overlap between the transmission occasion 310 and the first set 210, it means that the terminal device 120 needs to perform the transmission of the shared channel 140 and the transmission of the control channel 150 simultaneously at a certain time. It should be noted that the "overlap” here may mean that the transmission occasion 310 overlaps with one of the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4, or may overlap with multiple transmission occasions among the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4.
  • two transmission opportunities having "overlapping" time domain resources or "overlapping" in time domain means that two transmission opportunities have at least partially overlapping time domain resources, without requiring nor excluding two transmission occasions Each transmission opportunity has exactly the same time domain resources.
  • terminal device 120 may choose to forgo transmission of control channel 150 and instead transmit on shared channel 140 at transmission occasions 210-1 through 210
  • One or more transmission occasions in -4 are selected to transmit the control information 425 to be transmitted on the control channel 150, so that the simultaneous transmission of the shared channel 140 and the control channel 150 can be avoided.
  • terminal device 120 may determine ( 450 ) one or more transmission occasions from first set 210 for transmitting control information 425 based on the first beamforming manner of shared channel 140 .
  • the terminal device 120 may also determine ( 450 ) one or more transmission occasions from the first set 210 based on the second beamforming manner of the control channel 150 for transmitting the control information 425 . These embodiments will be described in detail later with reference to FIGS. 11 to 12 . In other embodiments, the terminal device 120 may also determine (450) one or more from the first set 210 based on both the first beamforming manner of the shared channel 140 and the second beamforming manner of the control channel 150 The transmission opportunity is used to transmit the control information 425 . These embodiments will be described in detail later with reference to FIG. 13 .
  • control information 425 of the control channel 150 do not require that the control information 425 of the control channel 150 be carried only on transmission occasions of the shared channel 140 that overlap with the transmission occasions 310 of the control channel 150 .
  • the control information 425 of the control channel 150 may also be carried on multiple transmission occasions of the shared channel 140 or another transmission occasion that is different.
  • the terminal device 120 can determine the overlap of time-domain resources in a variety of specific ways. As an implementation or an alternative solution, the terminal device 120 may calculate the parameters configured for the terminal device 120 to determine whether certain conditions are met. Furthermore, the step of determining the overlap in the time domain of the transmission occasions of the control channel 150 and the transmission occasions of the shared channel 140 by the terminal device 120 may be optional.
  • the terminal device 120 is configured to directly determine at least one shared channel transmission opportunity according to part or all of the first scheduling information 405, the terminal device 120 can directly Part or all of the at least one shared channel transmission opportunity is directly determined and associated control information 425 is sent to the network device 110 .
  • the above certain condition may be that some of the first scheduling information 405 and the second scheduling information 415 have the same configuration values associated with the transmission timing of the shared channel 140 and the transmission timing of the control channel 150, or the shared channel 140 and the control channel.
  • the parameters such as the transmission time of 150 satisfy other preset conditions.
  • the terminal device 120 determines at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the set 210 based on at least one of the first beamforming manner and the second beamforming manner, wherein the transmission of the control channel 150 The opportunity has at least partially overlapping time domain resources with one or more shared channel transmission opportunities in set 210 .
  • the network device 110 may also determine whether the transmission occasion 310 of the control channel 150 has overlapping time domain resources with the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4 in the first set 210, that is, the transmission occasion 310 Whether it overlaps with the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4 in the time domain. If there is a time domain overlap, network device 110 may determine that end device 120 will not transmit control channel 150, but will instead use one or more transmission occasions in first set 210 to transmit control information associated with control channel 150 425.
  • the network device 110 may also convert the transmission opportunity from the shared channel 140 based on the first beamforming manner of the shared channel 140
  • One or more transmission occasions are determined (460) in the first set 210 to receive control information 425 at the determined transmission occasions.
  • the beamforming mode may refer to the beam configuration adopted by the communication device when sending or receiving signals, and here, one or more transmission opportunities may be determined according to the beamforming configuration information or related parameters; or,
  • the terminal device 120 determines at least one shared channel transmission time domain resource, where the at least one shared channel transmission time domain resource is associated with the above beamforming configuration parameters.
  • the network device 110 may also determine (460) one or more transmission occasions from the first set 210 based on the second beamforming manner of the control channel 150 to receive control at the determined transmission occasions Information 425. In other embodiments, the network device 110 may also determine (460) one or more from the first set 210 based on both the first beamforming manner of the shared channel 140 and the second beamforming manner of the control channel 150 A transmission opportunity to receive control information 425 at the determined transmission opportunity. It should be understood that the network device 110 and the terminal device 120 can use the same predetermined rule to select the same one or more transmission occasions from the first set 210, thereby ensuring that the network device 110 can use the correct one or more transmission occasions Control information 425 is received from the terminal device 120 .
  • the first set 210 of transmission occasions of the shared channel 140 will generally include multiple transmission occasions, but the embodiment of the present disclosure does not exclude the situation that the first set 210 of transmission occasions only includes one transmission occasion. In this case, it can be considered that the network device 110 and the terminal device 120 select the one transmission opportunity in the first set 210 by default based on one or both of the first beamforming manner and the second beamforming manner.
  • the terminal device 120 may send (470) the control associated with the control channel 150 to the network device 110 at the determined transmission opportunity. information 425, and the transmission of the control channel 150 is no longer performed. For example, assuming that the terminal device 120 determines the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4 in the first set 210 based on one or both of the first beamforming manner and the second beamforming manner, the terminal device 120 may transmit Each of occasions 210-1 through 210-4 sends (470) control information 425 to network device 110.
  • the terminal device 120 may Transmission occasions 210-1 and 210-2 send (470) control information 425 to network device 110.
  • the terminal device 120 may determine the transmission occasion 210-1 at the transmission occasion 210- 1 sends (470) control information 425 to network device 110.
  • the terminal device 120 transmitting the control information 425 on one or more transmission occasions of the shared channel 140 means that the terminal device 120 uses the shared channel 140 to transmit the control information 425 . That is, control information 425 is transmitted over shared channel 140 rather than control channel 150 . More specifically, the terminal device 120 may determine the transmission mode of the control information 425 according to the data transmission mode on the transmission timing of the shared channel 140 . Therefore, in any of the above cases, the terminal device 120 no longer transmits the control channel 150, but transmits the control information 425 together with the data or other information to be transmitted at the corresponding transmission timing of the shared channel 140, thereby avoiding Shared channel 140 and control channel 150 are transmitted simultaneously.
  • the specific transmission occasions described above as determined by the terminal device 120 in the first set 210 are exemplary only and are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure in any way.
  • the terminal device 120 may select any number of transmission occasions for transmitting the control information 425 in the first set 210 of any number of transmission occasions.
  • the network device 110 may receive (480) from the terminal device 120 at the determined transmission opportunity and control the control information 425 associated with the channel 150, and the reception of the control channel 150 is no longer performed. For example, assuming that the network device 110 determines the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4 in the first set 210 based on one or both of the first beamforming manner and the second beamforming manner, the network device 110 may transmit the Each of the occasions 210-1 to 210-4 receives (480) control information 425 from the terminal device 120.
  • the network device 110 may Transmission occasions 210-1 and 210-2 receive (480) control information 425 from terminal device 120.
  • the network device 110 may determine the transmission opportunity 210-1 at the transmission opportunity 210- 1 Receives (480) control information 425 from terminal device 120.
  • the network device 110 no longer receives the control channel 150, but instead, at the determined transmission occasion, receives the control information 425 together with the data or other information to be transmitted at the corresponding transmission occasion.
  • the specific transmission occasions described above as determined by the network device 110 in the first set 210 are exemplary only and are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure in any way.
  • the network device 110 may select any number of transmission opportunities in the first set 210 of any number of transmission opportunities to receive the control information 425 .
  • the terminal device 120 may use one or more shared channels of the plurality of shared channel transmission occasions Multiple modulation symbols corresponding to the control information 425 are sent at each transmission opportunity. For example, in the example of FIG. 2 , assuming that the terminal device 120 determines that the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-3 are used to transmit the control information 425, the terminal device 120 may transmit the control information 425 at each of the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-3 All modulation symbols generated after modulation.
  • the terminal device 120 may generate a copy of the encoded UCI bits and map these bits to multiple PUSCH transmissions, one for each PUSCH transmission.
  • the bits are the same, that is, the UCI bits are transmitted repeatedly on multiple PUSCH transmissions.
  • This method can improve the reliability of UCI transmission, but increases the resource overhead of UCI to a certain extent, thereby reducing the transmission reliability of data or other information on the PUSCH.
  • the terminal device 120 may also transmit all modulation symbols on a part of the transmission occasions, and respectively transmit part of the modulation symbols on another part of the transmission occasions, and these partial modulation symbols can be combined to obtain the control information 425. For example, terminal device 120 may transmit all modulation symbols at transmission occasion 210-1, and transmit half of all modulation symbols at transmission occasions 210-2 and 210-3, respectively.
  • the network device 110 may at one or more of the plurality of shared channel transmission occasions Multiple modulation symbols corresponding to control information 425 are each received. For example, in the example of FIG. 2, assuming that the network device 110 determines that the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-3 are used to receive the control information 425, the network device 110 may receive the control information 425 at each of the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-3 All modulation symbols generated after modulation. Of course, the network device 110 may also receive all the modulation symbols on a part of the transmission occasions, and respectively receive part of the modulation symbols on another part of the transmission occasions, and then combine them to obtain the control information 425 . For example, network device 110 may receive all modulation symbols at transmission occasion 210-1, and receive half of all modulation symbols at transmission occasions 210-2 and 210-3, respectively.
  • the terminal device 120 may transmit the corresponding control information 425 at the multiple shared channel transmission occasions respectively. Part of the corresponding modulation symbols among the plurality of modulation symbols. For example, in the example of FIG. 2, assuming that the terminal device 120 determines that the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-3 are used to transmit the control information 425, the terminal device 120 may transmit the control information 425 at the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-3, respectively One third of all modulation symbols generated after modulation, these partial modulation symbols can be combined to obtain control information 425 .
  • the terminal device 120 may divide the encoded UCI bits into N parts, each of which is carried on N PUSCH transmissions in turn, and only Carry part of UCI bits. In this way, the UCI transmission reliability is slightly reduced, but the transmission reliability of data or other information on the PUSCH is improved.
  • the terminal device 120 may determine the number of modulation symbols to be respectively sent at the multiple transmission occasions of the shared channel 140 based on the corresponding number of time-frequency resources included in the multiple transmission occasions. For example, if the number of time-frequency resources included in the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-3 to be used for transmitting the control information 425 are 50, 50, and 100, respectively, and the total modulation symbols of the control information 425 are 40, then the terminal device 120 may transmit 10, 10, and 20 modulation symbols at transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-3, respectively.
  • the number of each UCI bit carried on multiple PUSCHs may be determined according to the number of time-frequency resources corresponding to each PUSCH repeated transmission. For example, when the UCI is carried on two PUSCH transmissions, and the two PUSCH transmissions have the same number of time-frequency resources, the number of UCI bits in each share may be the same.
  • the number of UCI bits carried on the first PUSCH transmission is 2/3 of the total number of UCI bits
  • the number of UCI bits carried on the second PUSCH transmission is 1/3 of the total number of UCI bits.
  • the network device 110 may receive multiple transmission occasions corresponding to the control information 425 at the multiple shared channel transmission occasions, respectively. Part of modulation symbols in modulation symbols. For example, in the example of FIG. 2 , assuming that the network device 110 determines that the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-3 are used to receive the control information 425, the network device 110 may receive the control information 425 at the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-3, respectively One third of all modulation symbols generated after modulation are then combined to obtain control information 425 .
  • the network device 110 may determine the number of modulation symbols to be received respectively at the multiple transmission occasions of the shared channel 140 based on the respective numbers of time-frequency resources included in the multiple transmission occasions. For example, if the number of time-frequency resources included in the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-3 to be used to receive the control information 425 are 50, 50, and 100, respectively, and the total modulation symbols of the control information 425 are 40, then the network device 110 may receive 10, 10, and 20 modulation symbols at transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-3, respectively. It will be understood that the various specific numerical values set forth herein are merely exemplary, and are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure in any way. In other embodiments, any parameter described herein may have any suitable value.
  • terminal device 120 may In the beamforming method, a suitable transmission opportunity is reasonably selected from a plurality of transmission opportunities of the shared channel 140 for transmitting the control information 425 of the control channel 150 .
  • the network device 110 may select a suitable transmission occasion from among the multiple transmission occasions of the shared channel 140 to receive the control information 425 . In this way, the transmission reliability of the control information 425 can be improved, and at the same time, the transmission reliability of the data or other information in the shared channel 140 can be taken into account, thereby improving the communication performance between the network device 110 and the terminal device 120 .
  • the terminal device 120 and the network device 110 may determine transmission opportunities from the first set 210 based on the first beamforming manner of the shared channel 140 for transmitting control information 425.
  • the reliability of the control information 150 eg, UCI
  • the influence of the control information 150 on the transmission reliability of the data or other information on the shared channel 140 can be minimized, and the shared channel 140 can be reached.
  • the terminal device 120 and the network device 110 can determine from the first set 210
  • the multiple shared channel transmission occasions are used to transmit control information 425 .
  • the transmission scheme of the PUSCH is repeated transmission in the time domain and at least two transmission opportunities in the multiple transmission opportunities adopt different beamforming methods or transmit beams, the time domain overlaps with any one or more repeated transmissions of the PUSCH.
  • the UCI of the PUCCH can be carried on multiple time-domain repeated transmissions of the PUSCH.
  • beamforming manners or transmit beams used in each PUSCH repeated transmission for carrying UCI in multiple PUSCH repeated transmissions are different from each other, and multiple transmission occasions satisfy a constraint: the start of multiple transmission occasions The time period between the time point and the reception time point when the scheduling UCI signaling is received is greater than a time period.
  • the repeated transmission of the PUSCH for carrying the UCI traverses all the transmission beams indicated by the first scheduling information.
  • the transmission reliability of the control information between the terminal device and the network device can be improved, thereby improving the performance of the terminal device and the network device. communication performance between them.
  • the terminal device 120 and the network device 110 can determine from the first set 210 A shared channel transmission opportunity is created for transmitting control information 425 .
  • the transmission scheme of PUSCH is repeated transmission in time domain and the same beamforming method or beam is used, the UCI of PUCCH overlapping in time domain with one or more transmissions of PUSCH can be carried in one time domain repetition of PUSCH on transmission.
  • transmission opportunities 210-1 and 210-3 in the first set 210 of transmission opportunities for shared channel 140 are associated with beam 122 directed towards network device 110, while transmission opportunities 210-2 and 210-4 are associated with Beams 124 directed towards network device 115 are associated.
  • the transmission occasion 310 of the control channel 150 for carrying the control information 425 is depicted in FIG. 5 overlapping the transmission occasion 210-1 of the shared channel 140 in the time domain. Additionally, transmission opportunities 210-1 and 210-2 are also depicted in FIG.
  • transmission opportunities 210-3 and 210-4 are within time slot 515.
  • the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4 in FIG. 5 are located in two time slots by way of example only and are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure in any way. In other embodiments, the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4 may also be located in the same time slot, or respectively located in more time slots.
  • the terminal device 120 can Transmission occasions 210-1 and 210-2 are determined from the first set 210 to transmit control information 425 to the network device 110, which can similarly determine the transmission occasions 210-1 and 210-2 from the first set 210 , to receive control information 425 from the terminal device 120 .
  • the network device 110 for example, a base station
  • each reference signal index value represents a transmit beam, that is, the beam 122 corresponds to Reference signal index value 1, beam 124 corresponds to reference signal index value 2, transmission occasion 210-1 corresponds to reference signal index value 1, and transmission time 210-2 corresponds to reference signal index value 2.
  • the control information 150 eg, UCI
  • the terminal device 120 may encode the information bits of the control information 150 in a specific encoding manner, and then map the information bits to these specific time-frequency resources.
  • the original data symbols in the shared channel 140 are no longer mapped to the resource elements mapped by the control information 425 .
  • control information 425 (eg, including HARQ-ACK information) is relatively important information, and thus may be placed on the shared channel 140 symbol closest to the demodulation reference signal in the shared channel 140 transmission opportunity.
  • control information 425 may be carried in the time-frequency resource 520-1 after the time-frequency resources 510-1 and 510-2 used for transmitting the demodulation reference signal, respectively and 520-2, and the time-frequency resources 520-1 and 520-2 may be discontinuous in the frequency domain. It should be noted that the specific time-frequency resources shown in FIG.
  • the time-frequency resources used to carry the control information 425 in the transmission occasion of the shared channel 140 may be at any suitable location.
  • the time-frequency resources used to carry the control information 425 may not be adjacent to the time-frequency resources carrying the demodulation reference signals, or may be contiguous in the frequency domain, or may be discontinuous in the time domain, etc. .
  • the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 may also select transmission occasions 210-1 and 210-4, transmission occasions 210-2 and 210-3, or transmission occasions 210- 3 and 210-4 to send or receive control information 425 because these transmission occasions are also transmission occasions associated with different beams 122 and 124.
  • transmission occasions 210-1 and 210-2 because they are the earliest two transmission occasions in the first set 210 that satisfy the condition.
  • the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 may also select the transmission occasion 210 while selecting the transmission occasions 210-1 and 210-2.
  • the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 may also determine these transmission opportunities from the first set 210 to send or receive Control information 425. For example, assuming that the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4 in FIG. 5 are respectively associated with four different beams, the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 may select all of the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4 for Control information 425 is sent or received. That is, the number of transmission occasions selected by the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 may be equal to the number of beams of different beams. Of course, in this case, the number of transmission occasions selected by the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 may also be smaller than the number of different beams.
  • the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 may select multiple transmission opportunities that are closer in time domain in the first set 210 to send or receive the control information 425.
  • the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 may select a plurality of transmission occasions in the first set 210 that are consecutively numbered in the time domain.
  • the numbering of the transmission occasions in the time domain may refer to the numbers allocated to the transmission occasions in time sequence. In other words, if there are other transmission occasions between the two transmission occasions, the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 can avoid selecting these two transmission occasions.
  • the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 may also be configured to avoid selecting two transmission occasions whose intermediate interval is more than a certain threshold number of transmission occasions. For example, if the threshold number is 2 and two transmission opportunities are separated by 3 transmission opportunities, the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 may avoid selecting these two transmission opportunities. Additionally or alternatively, the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 may select a plurality of transmission occasions with a time interval between each other that is less than or equal to a predetermined duration. In some embodiments, the predetermined duration may be determined according to specific application environment and performance requirements. That is, the time domain interval between the multiple transmission occasions selected by the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 needs to be sufficiently small.
  • the terminal device 120 can ensure that the transmission delay of the control information 425 is small, thereby avoiding that the control information 425 cannot be correctly received by the network device 110 within a predetermined time, and also affects the data or other information in the shared channel 140 at the same time. transmission performance. Such an example is described below with reference to FIG. 6 .
  • FIG. 6 illustrates another example of determining one or more transmission occasions in the set of transmission occasions 210 of the shared channel 140 for transmitting control information 425 in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • transmission opportunities 210-1 and 210-2 in the first set 210 of transmission opportunities for shared channel 140 are associated with beam 122 directed toward network device 110, while transmission opportunities 210-3 and 210-4 are associated with Beams 124 directed towards network device 115 are associated.
  • the transmission occasion 310 of the control channel 150 for carrying the control information 425 is depicted in FIG. 6 overlapping the transmission occasion 210-1 of the shared channel 140 in the time domain.
  • Figure 6 depicts that transmission opportunities 210-1 and 210-2 are within time slot 505, transmission opportunities 210-3 and 210-4 are within time slot 525, and time slot 505 is spaced from time slot 525 There is a slot 515 (not shown).
  • the transmission occasions 210-2 and 210-3 are far apart in the time domain, and the interval is greater than one time slot.
  • the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4 in FIG. 6 are located in two time slots by way of example only and are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure in any way. In other embodiments, the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4 may also be located in the same time slot, or respectively located in more time slots.
  • transmission occasions 210-1 and 210-3, transmission occasions 210-1 and 210-4, transmission occasions 210-2 and 210-3, or transmission occasions 210-2 and 210-4 are all related to Multiple transmission occasions associated with different beams 122 and 124.
  • the transmission opportunities 210-1 and 210-3, the transmission opportunities 210-1 and 210-4, and the transmission opportunities 210-2 and 210-4 are all separated by other transmission opportunities, which do not satisfy the aforementioned numbering in the time domain. continuous condition.
  • the transmission occasions 210-2 and 210-3 are consecutively numbered transmission occasions, the interval between them in the time domain is greater than one slot. If, in the example of FIG.
  • the maximum predetermined duration between two transmission intervals that the terminal device 120 and the network device 110 can select is set to 2 OFDM symbols, the transmission occasions 210-2 and 210-3 are indistinguishable from each other.
  • the interval is longer than the predetermined duration, and thus does not meet the aforementioned condition that the time domain interval is sufficiently small.
  • the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 may Only one transmission occasion 210-1 in a set 210 is selected for sending or receiving control information 425.
  • the control information 425 may be carried on the time-frequency resource 520-1 after the time-frequency resource 510-1 used to transmit the demodulation reference signal, and the time-frequency resource 520-1 It can be discontinuous in the frequency domain. It should be noted that the specific time-frequency resources shown in FIG.
  • the time-frequency resources used to carry the control information 425 in the transmission occasion of the shared channel 140 may be at any suitable location.
  • the time-frequency resources used to carry the control information 425 may not be adjacent to the time-frequency resources that carry the demodulation reference signals, or may be contiguous in the frequency domain, or may be discontinuous in the time domain, etc. .
  • the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 may also determine one of the transmission occasions 210 - 2 to 210 - 4 from the first set 210 for sending or receiving the control information 425 .
  • the transmission opportunity 210-1 is preferable because the transmission opportunity 210-1 is the earliest transmission opportunity.
  • terminal device 120 may take some time for the terminal device 120 to generate or prepare the control information 150 for transmission, so that not all transmission occasions in the first set 210 may be available for transmission of the control information 150 .
  • a certain processing time is required for terminal device 120 to generate or prepare HARQ-ACK information that may be included in control information 150 .
  • terminal device 120 may need to first perform channel estimation and decoding operations on downlink data from network device 110 . Then, the terminal device 120 may perform packetization of the uplink data, for example, including performing operations such as scrambling, encoding, modulation, sequence generation, etc., on the determined HARQ-ACK information. After that, the terminal device 120 can send the HARQ-ACK information in the control information 150 .
  • the generation or preparation of other information in the control information 150 by the terminal device 120 also requires processing time. Taken together, it takes a period of time for the terminal device 120 to generate or prepare the control information 150 , which may depend on the device capabilities of the terminal device 120 . Therefore, in some embodiments, the terminal device 120 and the network device 110 also need to take into account the time period during which the terminal device 120 prepares the control information 150 when selecting transmission occasions in the first set 210 . That is, the control information 425 may be carried on a transmission opportunity that allows the terminal device 120 sufficient time to generate the control information 150, eg, the earliest transmission opportunity that meets the condition or other transmission opportunities thereafter. In this way, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present disclosure can be adapted to a terminal device with a lower processing capability and satisfy the limitation of its lower processing capability. Such an example is described below with reference to FIGS. 7 to 9 .
  • FIG. 7 illustrates another example of determining one or more transmission occasions in the set of transmission occasions 210 of the shared channel 140 for transmitting control information 425 in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • transmission opportunities 210-1 and 210-3 in the first set 210 of transmission opportunities for shared channel 140 are associated with beam 122 directed towards network device 110, while transmission opportunities 210-2 and 210-4 are associated with Beams 124 directed towards network device 115 are associated.
  • the transmission occasion 310 of the control channel 150 for carrying the control information 425 is depicted in FIG. 7 overlapping the transmission occasion 210-1 of the shared channel 140 in the time domain. Additionally, transmission opportunities 210-1 and 210-2 are also depicted in FIG.
  • transmission opportunities 210-1 to 210-4 in FIG. 7 are located in two time slots by way of example only and are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure in any way. In other embodiments, the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4 may also be located in the same time slot, or respectively located in more time slots. In addition, FIG.
  • FIG. 7 shows the reception time point 702 when the terminal device 120 receives the second scheduling information 415 from the network device 110 , the time period 705 used by the terminal device 120 to generate the control information 425 , and the transmission timings 210 - 1 and 210 - Start time points 710, 720, 730 and 740 for 2, 210-3 and 210-4.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates another example of determining one or more transmission occasions in the set of transmission occasions 210 of the shared channel 140 for transmitting control information 425 in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • transmission opportunities 210-1 and 210-3 in the first set 210 of transmission opportunities for shared channel 140 are associated with beam 122 directed towards network device 110, while transmission opportunities 210-2 and 210-4 are associated with Beams 124 directed towards network device 115 are associated.
  • the transmission occasion 310 of the control channel 150 for carrying the control information 425 is depicted in FIG. 8 overlapping the transmission occasion 210-4 of the shared channel 140 in the time domain. Additionally, transmission occasions 210-1 and 210-2 are also depicted in FIG.
  • transmission opportunities 210-1 to 210-4 in FIG. 8 are located in two time slots by way of example only and are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure in any way. In other embodiments, the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4 may also be located in the same time slot, or respectively located in more time slots. In addition, FIG.
  • FIG. 8 shows the reception time point 802 when the terminal device 120 receives the second scheduling information 415 from the network device 110 , the time period 805 used by the terminal device 120 to generate the control information 425 , and the transmission timings 210 - 1 and 210 - Start time points 810, 820, 830 and 840 for 2, 210-3 and 210-4. It should be understood that the concept of a time point in the present disclosure may be defined based on a time unit, for example, a start time point may refer to a specific OFDM symbol.
  • transmission opportunities 210-1 and 210-3 in the first set 210 of transmission opportunities for shared channel 140 are associated with beam 122 directed towards network device 110, while transmission opportunities 210-2 and 210-4 are associated with Beams 124 directed towards network device 115 are associated.
  • the transmission occasion 310 of the control channel 150 for carrying the control information 425 is depicted in FIG. 9 overlapping the transmission occasion 210-4 of the shared channel 140 in the time domain. Additionally, transmission opportunities 210-1 and 210-2 are also depicted in FIG.
  • transmission opportunities 210-1 to 210-4 in FIG. 9 are located in two time slots by way of example only and are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure in any way. In other embodiments, the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4 may also be located in the same time slot, or respectively located in more time slots. In addition, FIG.
  • FIG. 9 shows the reception time point 902 when the terminal device 120 receives the second scheduling information 415 from the network device 110 , the time period 905 used by the terminal device 120 to generate the control information 425 , and the transmission timings 210 - 1 and 210 - Start time points 910, 920, 930 and 940 for 2, 210-3 and 210-4.
  • the terminal device 120 may determine a time period for generating the control information 425, ie, from the receipt of the second schedule of the control channel 150 The message 415 begins the time period until the terminal device 120 is ready to control the message 425 .
  • the network device 110 may determine a time period for the terminal device 120 to generate the control information 425 .
  • the terminal device 120 may report to the network device 110 the parameters specific to the terminal device 120 used to determine the time period.
  • terminal device 120 and network device 110 may determine time period 705.
  • terminal device 120 and network device 110 may determine time period 805 .
  • terminal device 120 and network device 110 may determine time period 905 .
  • the terminal device 120 and the network device 110 may determine a subset of the first set 210 based on the time period in which the control information 425 was generated, the starting time points of the transmission occasions in the subset and the terminal device 120 receiving the second scheduling information 415
  • the time period between the reception time points of is greater than the time period in which the control information 425 is generated.
  • the terminal device 120 and the network device 110 may determine a subset of the first set 210 as transmission occasions 210-2 to 210-4. This is because the time period 725 between the start time point 720 of the transmission occasion 210 - 2 and the reception time point 702 when the second scheduling information 415 is received is greater than the time period 705 when the control information 425 is generated.
  • the time period 735 between the start time point 730 of the transmission occasion 210 - 3 and the reception time point 702 when the second scheduling information 415 is received is greater than the time period 705 when the control information 425 is generated.
  • the time period 745 between the start time point 740 of the transmission occasion 210 - 4 and the reception time point 702 when the second scheduling information 415 is received is greater than the time period 705 when the control information 425 is generated.
  • the time period 715 between the start time point 710 of the transmission occasion 210 - 1 and the reception time point 702 when the second scheduling information 415 is received is smaller than the time period 705 when the control information 425 is generated.
  • the terminal device 120 and the network device 110 may determine that subsets of the first set 210 are transmission occasions 210-3 and 210-4. This is because the time period 835 between the start time point 830 of the transmission occasion 210 - 3 and the reception time point 802 when the second scheduling information 415 is received is greater than the time period 805 when the control information 425 is generated. The time period 845 between the start time point 840 of the transmission occasion 210 - 4 and the reception time point 802 when the second scheduling information 415 is received is greater than the time period 805 when the control information 425 is generated.
  • the start time point 810 of the transmission opportunity 210-1 is before the reception time point 802 of the second scheduling information 415, so the terminal device 120 must not be ready to control before the start time point 810 of the transmission opportunity 210-1 Information 425.
  • the time period 825 between the start time point 820 of the transmission occasion 210 - 2 and the reception time point 802 when the second scheduling information 415 is received is smaller than the time period 805 when the control information 425 is generated.
  • terminal device 120 and network device 110 may determine a subset of first set 210 as transmission occasions 210-4. This is because the time period 945 between the start time point 940 of the transmission occasion 210 - 4 and the reception time point 902 when the second scheduling information 415 is received is greater than the time period 905 when the control information 425 is generated. However, the start time points 910 and 920 of the transmission opportunities 210-1 and 210-2 are both before the reception time point 902 when the second scheduling information 415 is received, so the terminal device 120 must not be able to start the transmission opportunity 210-1 at the start time.
  • the control information 425 is prepared before the point 910 and the start time point 920 of the transmission occasion 210-2.
  • the time period 935 between the start time point 930 of the transmission occasion 210 - 3 and the reception time point 902 when the second scheduling information 415 is received is smaller than the time period 905 when the control information 425 is generated.
  • the terminal device 120 and the network device 110 may determine the transmission opportunity of the shared channel 140 for transmitting the control information 425 from the subset. For example, in the example of FIG. 7, terminal device 120 and network device 110 may determine a transmission opportunity for transmitting control information 425 from the subsets of transmission opportunities 210-2, 210-3, and 210-4. Since the first beamforming of the shared channel 140 is such that the transmission occasions 210-2 and 210-3 in the first set 210 are associated with different beams 124 and 122, respectively, the terminal device 120 can select from the subset 210 of transmission occasions.
  • the control information 425 may be carried in the time-frequency resource 520-2 after the time-frequency resources 510-2 and 510-3 used to transmit the demodulation reference signal, respectively and 520-3, and the time-frequency resources 520-2 and 520-3 may be discontinuous in the frequency domain. It should be noted that the specific time-frequency resources shown in FIG.
  • the time-frequency resources used to carry the control information 425 in the transmission occasion of the shared channel 140 may be at any suitable location.
  • the time-frequency resources used to carry the control information 425 may not be adjacent to the time-frequency resources that carry the demodulation reference signals, or may be contiguous in the frequency domain, or may be discontinuous in the time domain, etc. .
  • FIG. 1 In the example of FIG. 1
  • the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 may also determine the transmission occasions 210-3 and 210-4 from the subsets 210-2, 210-3 and 210-4 of the transmission occasions to transmit or receive Control information 425 because these transmission occasions are also transmission occasions associated with different beams 122 and 124.
  • the terminal device 120 and the network device 110 may determine the transmission opportunity of the shared channel 140 for transmitting the control information 425 from the subsets of transmission occasions 210-3 and 210-4. Since the first beamforming of the shared channel 140 is such that the transmission occasions 210-3 and 210-4 in the first set 210 are associated with different beams 122 and 124, respectively, the terminal device 120 can select from the subset 210 of transmission occasions. Transmission opportunities 210-3 and 210-4 are determined in -3 and 210-4 to transmit control information 425 to network device 110, which may likewise determine from subsets of transmission opportunities 210-3 and 210-4 Transmission occasions 210-3 and 210-4 to receive control information 425 from terminal device 120.
  • the control information 425 may be carried in the time-frequency resource 520-3 after the time-frequency resources 510-3 and 510-4 used to transmit the demodulation reference signal, respectively and 520-4, and the time-frequency resources 520-3 and 520-4 may be discontinuous in the frequency domain.
  • the specific time-frequency resources shown in FIG. 8 for carrying the control information 425 are only exemplary, and are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure in any way.
  • the time-frequency resources used to carry the control information 425 in the transmission occasion of the shared channel 140 may be at any suitable location.
  • the time-frequency resources used to carry the control information 425 may not be adjacent to the time-frequency resources that carry the demodulation reference signals, or may be contiguous in the frequency domain, or may be discontinuous in the time domain, etc. .
  • the terminal device 120 and the network device 110 may determine the transmission opportunity for the shared channel 140 for transmitting the control information 425 from the subset 210-4 of transmission opportunities. Since the subset of transmission opportunities 210-4 includes only one optional transmission opportunity 210-4, the terminal device 120 may determine the transmission opportunity 210-4 from the subset of transmission opportunities 210-4 to transmit control to the network device 110 information 425, while the network device 110 may likewise determine the transmission occasion 210-4 from the subset of transmission occasions 210-4 to receive the control information 425 from the terminal device 120. For example, in the transmission occasion 210-4 of FIG.
  • the control information 425 may be respectively carried on the time-frequency resource 520-4 after the time-frequency resource 510-4 used for transmitting the demodulation reference signal, and the time-frequency resource 520- 4 may be discontinuous in the frequency domain.
  • the specific time-frequency resources shown in FIG. 9 for carrying the control information 425 are only exemplary, and are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure in any way.
  • the time-frequency resources used to carry the control information 425 in the transmission occasion of the shared channel 140 may be at any suitable location.
  • the time-frequency resources used to carry the control information 425 may not be adjacent to the time-frequency resources that carry the demodulation reference signals, or may be contiguous in the frequency domain, or may be discontinuous in the time domain, etc. .
  • the first beamforming manner of the shared channel 140 may be such that all shared channel transmission opportunities in the first set 210 are associated with the same beam.
  • the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 may determine a shared channel transmission occasion from the first set 210 for transmitting the control information 425 .
  • the transmission scheme of PUSCH is repeated transmission in time domain and the same beamforming method or beam is used, the UCI of PUCCH overlapping in time domain with one or more transmissions of PUSCH can be carried in one time domain repetition of PUSCH on transmission.
  • control information 425 when the control information 425 is transmitted through the shared channel 140, the influence of the control information 425 on the transmission performance of the data or other information on the shared channel 140 can be reduced as much as possible, so that the control information 425 and the data or other information can be reduced as much as possible.
  • Other information transfer performance tradeoffs Such an embodiment is described below with reference to FIG. 10 .
  • FIG. 10 illustrates another example of determining one or more transmission occasions in the set of transmission occasions 210 of the shared channel 140 for transmitting control information 425 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • transmission opportunities 210 - 1 to 210 - 4 in the first set 210 of transmission opportunities for shared channel 140 are all associated with beams 122 directed towards network device 110 .
  • the transmission occasion 310 of the control channel 150 for carrying the control information 425 is depicted in FIG. 10 overlapping the transmission occasions 210-1 and 210-2 of the shared channel 140 in the time domain.
  • transmission opportunities 210-1 and 210-2 are also depicted in FIG. 10 as being within time slot 505, while transmission opportunities 210-3 and 210-4 are within time slot 515.
  • the transmission opportunities of the shared channel 140 may be at the sub-slot level and the first set 210 may be across slots.
  • the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4 in Figure 10 are located in two time slots by way of example only and are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure in any way. In other embodiments, the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4 may also be located in the same time slot, or respectively located in more time slots.
  • the terminal device 120 can start from the first A transmission opportunity 210-1 is determined from a set 210 to transmit control information 425 to the network device 110, and the network device 110 may similarly determine a transmission opportunity 210-1 from the first set 210 to receive control information from the terminal device 120 425.
  • the control information 425 may be carried on the time-frequency resource 520-1 after the time-frequency resource 510-1 used to transmit the demodulation reference signal, and the time-frequency resource 520-1 It can be discontinuous in the frequency domain.
  • time-frequency resources shown in FIG. 10 for carrying the control information 425 are only exemplary, and are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure in any way.
  • the time-frequency resources used to carry the control information 425 in the transmission occasion of the shared channel 140 may be at any suitable location.
  • the time-frequency resources used to carry the control information 425 may not be adjacent to the time-frequency resources that carry the demodulation reference signals, or may be contiguous in the frequency domain, or may be discontinuous in the time domain, etc. .
  • the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 may also select the transmission occasion 210-2, the transmission occasion 210-3, or the transmission occasion 210-4 from the first set 210 to send or receive the control information 425 . More generally, if there are more transmission occasions in the first set 210, the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 may also determine one transmission occasion from the transmission occasions in the first set 210 to send or receive the control information 425. . Furthermore, it should be noted that although the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4 in FIG. 10 are all associated with one beam 122, this is merely exemplary and is not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure in any way.
  • the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4 may also be associated with multiple beams that are all the same. For example, given that transmission occasions 210-1 through 210-4 are each associated with both beams 122 and 124, then transmission occasions 210-1 through 210-4 are also considered to be associated with the "same" beam.
  • terminal device 120 and network device 110 may also determine (450) transmission opportunities from first set 210 based on the second beamforming manner of control channel 150 to use for transmission control information 425.
  • the transmission timing of the shared channel 140 for transmitting the control information 425 can be determined according to the transmission requirements of the control channel 150 and the control information 425 itself, thereby ensuring the transmission performance of the control information 425 .
  • the carrying strategy of the control information 425 according to the transmission scheme of the control channel 150 a better compromise between the transmission reliability of the control channel 150 and the shared channel 140 can be obtained.
  • the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 can use the shared channel A plurality of shared channel transmission opportunities are determined in the first set 210 of transmission opportunities at 140 , and the transmit beams corresponding to each of the multiple shared transmission opportunities are different from each other for transmitting the control information 425 .
  • the transmission of the control information 425 through the shared channel 140 can preferentially satisfy the transmission reliability of the control information 425 .
  • the above conditions may be embodied in that the control channel 150 (eg, PUCCH) is explicitly configured for repeated transmissions, and different multiple transmissions employ different beamforming manners or beams.
  • the control channel 150 eg, PUCCH
  • the control channel 150 may be explicitly configured as frequency hopping transmissions, and different beamforming methods or beams are used on different frequency hopping transmissions, wherein different frequency hopping transmissions are used on different frequency hopping transmissions.
  • Different beamforming modes or beams can be notified by signaling, or the default rules can be used.
  • the frequency hopping transmission mode is configured, the beamforming mode can be determined by the terminal device. At this time, the beamforming The mode or beam is no longer notified additionally.
  • the mechanism for the frequency hopping transmission of the control channel 150 may be to send repeated control information 425 (eg, UCI) on different frequency bands, or send non-repetitive control information 425 (eg, UCI) on different frequency bands.
  • repeated control information 425 eg, UCI
  • non-repetitive control information 425 eg, UCI
  • the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 can learn from the shared One shared channel transmission opportunity is determined from the first set 210 of transmission opportunities for the channel 140 for use in transmitting control information 425 .
  • the transmission of the control information 425 over the shared channel can preferentially satisfy the transmission reliability of data or other information on the shared channel 140 when the control information 425 does not require multi-point coordinated transmission or multi-point transmission to obtain high reliability.
  • Some examples of determining transmission occasions from the first set 210 based on the second beamforming manner will be described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 11 and 12 .
  • FIG. 11 illustrates another example of determining one or more transmission occasions in the set of transmission occasions 210 of the shared channel 140 for transmitting control information 425 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the first set 210 of transmission opportunities for the shared channel 140 includes transmission opportunities 210-1 through 210-4.
  • the second set 350 of transmission opportunities for the control channel 150 includes transmission opportunities 350-1 and 350-2.
  • Transmission occasions 350-1 and 350-2 of control channel 150 are associated with beam 122 directed at network device 110 and beam 124 directed at network device 115, respectively.
  • the transmission occasions 350-1 and 350-2 of the control channel 150 for carrying the control information 425 are depicted in FIG. 11 overlapping in the time domain with the transmission occasions 210-1 and 210-2 of the shared channel 140, respectively.
  • transmission opportunities 210-1 and 210-2 are also depicted in FIG. 11 as being within time slot 505, while transmission opportunities 210-3 and 210-4 are within time slot 515.
  • the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4 in FIG. 11 are located in two time slots by way of example only and are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure in any way. In other embodiments, the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4 may also be located in the same time slot, or in more time slots, respectively.
  • the terminal device 120 can A plurality of transmission occasions 210 - 1 and 210 - 2 are determined from the first set 210 of shared channels 140 to transmit control information 425 to the network device 110 , which may likewise from the first set 210 of shared channels 140 A plurality of transmission occasions 210 - 1 and 210 - 2 are determined to receive control information 425 from the terminal device 120 .
  • a plurality of transmission occasions 210 - 1 and 210 - 2 are determined to receive control information 425 from the terminal device 120 .
  • the control information 425 may be carried in the time-frequency resource 520-1 after the time-frequency resources 510-1 and 510-2 used for transmitting the demodulation reference signal, respectively and 520-2, and the time-frequency resources 520-1 and 520-2 may be discontinuous in the frequency domain.
  • the specific time-frequency resources shown in FIG. 11 for carrying the control information 425 are only exemplary, and are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure in any way. In other embodiments, the time-frequency resources used to carry the control information 425 in the transmission occasion of the shared channel 140 may be at any suitable location.
  • the time-frequency resources used to carry the control information 425 may not be adjacent to the time-frequency resources that carry the demodulation reference signals, or may be contiguous in the frequency domain, or may be discontinuous in the time domain, etc. .
  • the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 may also determine any other two or more transmission occasions from the transmission occasions 210 - 1 to 210 - 4 in the first set 210 to send or Control information 425 is received. More generally, if there are more transmission opportunities in the first set 210, the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 may also determine from the first set 210 the number of transmission opportunities less than or equal to the total number of transmission opportunities in the first set 210. to send or receive control information 425.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates another example of determining one or more transmission occasions in the set of transmission occasions 210 of the shared channel 140 for transmitting control information 425 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the first set 210 of transmission opportunities for the shared channel 140 includes transmission opportunities 210-1 through 210-4.
  • the second set 350 of transmission opportunities for the control channel 150 includes transmission opportunities 350-1 and 350-2.
  • Both transmission occasions 350 - 1 and 350 - 2 of the control channel 150 are associated with the beam 122 directed towards the network device 110 .
  • 12 depicts that the transmission occasions 350-1 and 350-2 of the control channel 150 for carrying the control information 425 overlap in the time domain with the transmission occasions 210-1 and 210-2 of the shared channel 140, respectively.
  • transmission opportunities 210-1 and 210-2 are also depicted in FIG. 12 as being within time slot 505, while transmission opportunities 210-3 and 210-4 are within time slot 515.
  • the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4 in FIG. 11 are located in two time slots by way of example only and are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure in any way. In other embodiments, the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4 may also be located in the same time slot, or in more time slots, respectively.
  • the terminal device 120 can A transmission opportunity 210-1 is determined from the first set 210 of channels 140 to transmit control information 425 to the network device 110, which may similarly determine a transmission opportunity 210-1 from the first set 210 of shared channels 140 , to receive control information 425 from the terminal device 120 .
  • the control information 425 may be carried on the time-frequency resource 520-1 after the time-frequency resource 510-1 used to transmit the demodulation reference signal, and the time-frequency resource 520-1 It can be discontinuous in the frequency domain.
  • time-frequency resources shown in FIG. 12 for carrying the control information 425 are only exemplary, and are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure in any way.
  • the time-frequency resources used to carry the control information 425 in the transmission occasion of the shared channel 140 may be at any suitable location.
  • the time-frequency resources used to carry the control information 425 may not be adjacent to the time-frequency resources carrying the demodulation reference signals, or may be contiguous in the frequency domain, or may be discontinuous in the time domain, etc. .
  • FIG. 12 the specific time-frequency resources shown in FIG. 12 for carrying the control information 425 are only exemplary, and are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure in any way.
  • the time-frequency resources used to carry the control information 425 in the transmission occasion of the shared channel 140 may be at any suitable location.
  • the time-frequency resources used to carry the control information 425 may not be adjacent to the time-frequency resources carrying the demodulation reference signals, or may be contiguous in the frequency domain, or may be discontinuous in the time domain
  • the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 may also determine the transmission occasion 210-2, the transmission occasion 210-3, or the transmission occasion 210-4 from the first set 210 to send or receive the control information 425 . More generally, if there are more transmission occasions in the first set 210, the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 may also determine one transmission occasion from the transmission occasions in the first set 210 to send or receive the control information 425. .
  • the terminal device 120 and the network device 110 may also, based on both the first beamforming manner of the shared channel 140 and the second beamforming manner of the control channel 150, from Transmission opportunities are determined (450) in the first set 210 for transmission of control information 425. Specifically, if the first beamforming method is that there are multiple transmission opportunities in the first set 210 that are associated with different beams, and the second beamforming method is that there are multiple transmission opportunities in the second set 350 that are associated with different beams , then the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 may determine a plurality of transmission occasions associated with different beams from the first set 210 for transmitting the control information 425 .
  • the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 may determine only one transmission opportunity from the first set 210 for transmitting the control information 425. In this way, when the control information 425 requires coordinated multi-point transmission or multi-point transmission for high reliability, and the shared channel 140 will use the multi-point coordinated transmission or the multi-point transmission and reception point transmission, the control information 425 is transmitted through the shared channel 140. The transmission of the control information 425 may preferentially satisfy the transmission reliability of the control information 425 .
  • the terminal device 120 and the network device 110 may transmit the opportunity one by one rather than using the conditions for the first beamforming method to determine some transmission opportunities, and then Other transmission opportunities are determined using the conditions on the second beamforming manner, and then the intersection of the two obtained transmission opportunities is determined.
  • An example of determining transmission occasions from the first set 210 based on both the first beamforming manner and the second beamforming will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 13 .
  • FIG. 13 illustrates another example of determining one or more transmission occasions in the set of transmission occasions 210 of the shared channel 140 for transmitting control information 425 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • transmission opportunities 210-1 and 210-3 in the first set 210 of transmission opportunities for shared channel 140 are associated with beam 122 directed towards network device 110, while transmission opportunities 210-2 and 210-4 are associated with Beams 124 directed towards network device 115 are associated.
  • Transmission opportunities 350-1 and 350-2 in the second set 350 of transmission opportunities for control channel 150 are associated with beam 122 directed at network device 110 and beam 124 directed at network device 115, respectively.
  • the terminal device 120 can determine a plurality of transmission opportunities 210 from the first set 210 -1 and 210-2 to transmit control information 425 to the network device 110, which may likewise determine a plurality of transmission occasions 210-1 and 210-2 from the first set 210 to receive control from the end device 120 Information 425.
  • the control information 425 may be carried in the time-frequency resource 520-1 after the time-frequency resources 510-1 and 510-2 used for transmitting the demodulation reference signal, respectively and 520-2, and the time-frequency resources 520-1 and 520-2 may be discontinuous in the frequency domain.
  • the specific time-frequency resources shown in FIG. 13 for carrying the control information 425 are only exemplary, and are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure in any way.
  • the time-frequency resources used to carry the control information 425 in the transmission occasion of the shared channel 140 may be at any suitable location.
  • the time-frequency resources used to carry the control information 425 may not be adjacent to the time-frequency resources that carry the demodulation reference signals, or may be contiguous in the frequency domain, or may be discontinuous in the time domain, etc. .
  • the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 may also determine the transmission occasions 210-1 and 210-4, the transmission occasions 210-2 and 210-3, or the transmission occasions 210- 3 and 210-4 to send or receive control information 425 because these transmission occasions are also transmission occasions associated with different beams 122 and 124. More generally, if there are more transmission occasions in the first set 210 associated with different beams, the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 may also determine these transmission occasions from the first set 210 to send or receive control information 425. For example, assuming that the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4 in FIG. 13 are respectively associated with four different beams, the terminal device 120 or the network device 110 may select all of the transmission occasions 210-1 to 210-4 for Control information 425 is sent or received.
  • the example method 1400 may be implemented by the terminal device 120 in the example communication system 100, eg, by a processor or processing unit of the terminal device 120 in cooperation with other components (eg, transceivers). In other embodiments, the example method 1400 may also be implemented by other communication devices independent of the example communication system 100 or by other communication devices in the example communication system 100 . For ease of illustration, an example method 1400 will be discussed with reference to FIGS. 1-4.
  • terminal device 120 receives first scheduling information for the shared channel from network device 110, the first scheduling information indicating a set of shared channel transmission opportunities for the shared channel and a first beamforming manner for the shared channel.
  • the terminal device 120 receives second scheduling information for the control channel from the network device 110, the second scheduling information indicating a control channel transmission opportunity for the control channel and/or a second beamforming manner for the control channel.
  • the terminal device 120 determines whether the control channel transmission occasion has at least partially overlapping time domain resources with one or more shared channel transmission occasions in the set.
  • the terminal device 120 determines that the control channel transmission occasion has at least partially overlapping time domain resources with one or more shared channel transmission occasions in the set, then the terminal device 120 is based on the first beamforming manner and the second beam In at least one of the shaping manners, at least one shared channel transmission opportunity is determined from the set. Wherein, the second scheduling information indicates that the second beamforming manner of the control channel is optional.
  • the terminal device 120 transmits control information associated with the control channel to the network device 110 on at least one shared channel transmission occasion.
  • the transmission reliability of control information between the terminal device 120 and the network device 110 can be improved, and at the same time, the transmission reliability of data or other information in the shared channel can be taken into account, thereby improving the network device 110 and the terminal device. 120 communication performance between.
  • determining at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the set includes: if the first beamforming manner is that there are multiple shared channel transmission opportunities in the set associated with different beams, the terminal device 120 determines from the set the Multiple shared channel transmission opportunities associated with different beams. In this way, in the scenario of multi-point coordinated transmission or multi-point transmission of the network device 110, the transmission reliability of the control information between the terminal device 120 and the network device 110 can be improved, thereby improving the communication between the terminal device 120 and the network device 110. Communication performance between devices 110 .
  • the transmission beams associated with each transmission opportunity of the multiple shared channel transmission opportunities are different from each other.
  • the multiple shared channel transmission occasions are multiple shared channel transmission occasions numbered consecutively in the time domain in the shared channel transmission occasion set; or the time interval between the multiple shared channel transmission occasions is less than or equal to a predetermined time interval duration.
  • the multiple shared channel transmission occasions are used to carry control information. In this way, the delay of the control information transmission between the terminal device 120 and the network device 110 can be ensured to be small, and it is avoided that the control information cannot be received within a predetermined time and simultaneously affects the transmission performance of data or other information on the shared channel.
  • determining at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the set includes: terminal device 120 determining a time period for generating the control information; terminal device 120 determining a subset of the set based on the time period, the shared channel transmission opportunities in the subset The time period between the start time point of and the reception time point when the second scheduling information is received is greater than the above time period; and the terminal device 120 determines at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the subset.
  • the example method 1400 of an embodiment of the present disclosure can accommodate the lower processing capability of the terminal device 120 to meet the limitations of its lower processing capability.
  • determining at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the set includes: if the first beamforming manner is that all shared channel transmission opportunities in the set are associated with the same beam, then the terminal device 120 determines one from the set Shared channel transmission timing. In this way, when the control information is transmitted through the shared channel, the influence of the control information on the transmission performance of the data or other information on the shared channel can be minimized, so as to achieve a compromise between the control information and the transmission performance of the data or other information .
  • the set of shared channel transmission occasions is a first set
  • the control channel transmission occasion is one of a second set of control channel transmission occasions for control channels
  • at least one of the control channel transmission occasions is determined from the first set
  • the shared channel transmission occasions include: if the second beamforming manner is that there are multiple control channel transmission occasions in the second set associated with different beams, the terminal device 120 determines the multiple shared channel transmission occasions from the first set. In this way, when the control information needs multi-point coordinated transmission or multi-point transmission to obtain high reliability, the transmission of the control information through the shared channel can preferentially satisfy the transmission reliability of the control information.
  • the set of shared channel transmission occasions is a first set
  • the control channel transmission occasion is one of a second set of control channel transmission occasions for control channels
  • at least one of the control channel transmission occasions is determined from the first set
  • the shared channel transmission opportunity includes: if the second beamforming manner is that all control channel transmission opportunities in the second set are associated with the same beam, the terminal device 120 determines one shared channel transmission opportunity from the first set. In this way, when the control information does not require multi-point coordinated transmission or multi-point transmission to obtain high reliability, the transmission of control information through the shared channel can preferentially satisfy the transmission reliability of data or other information on the shared channel.
  • the set of shared channel transmission occasions is a first set
  • the control channel transmission occasion is one of a second set of control channel transmission occasions for control channels
  • at least one of the control channel transmission occasions is determined from the first set
  • the shared channel transmission opportunities include: if the first beamforming mode is that there are multiple shared channel transmission opportunities in the first set that are associated with different beams, and the second beamforming mode is that there are multiple control channel transmission opportunities in the second set Associated with different beams, the terminal device 120 determines a plurality of shared channel transmission occasions associated with the different beams from the first set. In this way, the transmission of control information over the shared channel can be prioritized when the control information requires coordinated multipoint transmission or multipoint transmission for high reliability, and the shared channel will use coordinated multipoint transmission or multipoint transmission. Satisfy the transmission reliability of control information.
  • the first set is a subset of the set determined by the terminal device based on the time period.
  • the at least one shared channel transmission occasion includes a plurality of shared channel transmission occasions
  • sending the control information includes: the terminal device 120 sends and controls all of the one or more shared channel transmission occasions among the plurality of shared channel transmission occasions A plurality of modulation symbols corresponding to the information. In this way, the transmission reliability of the control information through a plurality of transmission occasions of the shared channel can be improved.
  • the at least one shared channel transmission occasion includes a plurality of shared channel transmission occasions
  • sending the control information includes: the terminal device 120 respectively sending a plurality of modulation symbols corresponding to the control information at the plurality of shared channel transmission occasions. Partial modulation symbols. In this way, the reliability of transmission of data or other information on the shared channel can be improved.
  • the number of modulation symbols sent respectively in the multiple shared channel transmission occasions is determined based on the corresponding number of time-frequency resources included in the multiple shared channel transmission occasions.
  • the modulation symbols of the control information can be allocated to each transmission opportunity according to the number of time-frequency resources of the transmission opportunity, which reduces the effect of the carried control information on data or other transmission occasions in which the number of time-frequency resources of the shared channel is small. influence of information.
  • the beamforming manner is indicated by the network device through spatial filtering indication information, or through sounding reference signal indication information.
  • At least one shared channel transmission opportunity is used to carry the same transport block.
  • modulation symbols formed by at least one redundancy version value in the same transport block are respectively mapped to the at least one shared channel transmission opportunity.
  • At least one shared channel transmission opportunity is scheduled by one DCI signaling, that is, the first scheduling information is carried in one DCI signaling.
  • the first scheduling information includes quantity information indicating at least one shared channel transmission opportunity.
  • At least one shared channel transmission opportunity is scheduled by at least one DCI signaling, and each DCI signaling is respectively used to indicate a time domain position of one shared channel transmission opportunity.
  • the at least one shared channel transmission opportunity and the control channel transmission opportunity are located on the same carrier, or on the same partial bandwidth (BWP).
  • FIG. 15 shows a flowchart of another example method 1500 for communication according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • example method 1500 may be implemented by network device 110 in example communication system 100, eg, by a processor or processing unit of network device 110 in conjunction with other components (eg, transceivers).
  • the example method 1500 may also be implemented by other communication devices independent of the example communication system 100 or by other communication devices in the example communication system 100 .
  • an example method 1500 will be discussed with reference to FIGS. 1-4.
  • the network device 110 sends first scheduling information for the shared channel to the terminal device 120, the first scheduling information indicating the set of shared channel transmission occasions for the shared channel and the first beamforming manner for the shared channel.
  • the network device 110 sends second scheduling information for the control channel to the terminal device 120, the second scheduling information indicating the control channel transmission timing of the control channel and/or the second beamforming manner of the control channel.
  • the network device 110 determines whether the control channel transmission occasion has at least partially overlapping time domain resources with one or more shared channel transmission occasions in the set.
  • the network device 110 determines that the control channel transmission occasion has at least partially overlapping time domain resources with one or more shared channel transmission occasions in the set, the network device 110 is based on the first beamforming manner and the second beam In at least one of the shaping manners, at least one shared channel transmission opportunity is determined from the set. Wherein, the second scheduling information indicates that the second beamforming manner of the control channel is optional.
  • the network device 110 receives control information associated with the control channel from the terminal device 120 at at least one shared channel transmission occasion.
  • the transmission reliability of control information between the terminal device 120 and the network device 110 can be improved, and at the same time, the transmission reliability of data or other information in the shared channel can be taken into account, thereby improving the network device 110 and the terminal device. 120 communication performance between.
  • determining at least one shared channel transmission occasion from the set includes: if the first beamforming manner is that there are multiple shared channel transmission occasions in the set associated with different beams, the network device 110 determines from the set the Multiple shared channel transmission opportunities associated with different beams. In this way, in the scenario of multi-point coordinated transmission or multi-point transmission and reception of the network device 110, the transmission reliability of the control information between the terminal device 120 and the network device 110 can be improved, thereby improving the communication between the terminal device 120 and the network device 110. Communication performance between devices 110 .
  • the transmission beams associated with each transmission opportunity of the multiple shared channel transmission opportunities are different from each other.
  • the multiple shared channel transmission occasions are multiple shared channel transmission occasions in the set that are consecutively numbered in the time domain; or the time interval between the multiple shared channel transmission occasions is less than or equal to a predetermined duration.
  • the multiple shared channel transmission occasions are used to carry control information. In this way, the delay of the control information transmission between the terminal device 120 and the network device 110 can be ensured to be small, and it is avoided that the control information cannot be received within a predetermined time and simultaneously affects the transmission performance of data or other information on the shared channel.
  • determining the at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the set includes: the network device 110 determines a time period for the terminal device 120 to generate the control information; the network device 110 determines a subset of the set based on the time period, the sharing of the subset The time period between the start time point of the channel transmission opportunity and the reception time point when the terminal device 120 receives the second scheduling information is greater than the above time period; and the network device 110 determines at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the subset.
  • the example method 1500 of an embodiment of the present disclosure can accommodate a terminal device 120 with a lower processing capability to meet the limitation of its lower processing capability.
  • determining at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the set includes: if the first beamforming manner is that all shared channel transmission opportunities in the set are associated with the same beam, then the network device 110 determines one from the set Shared channel transmission timing. In this way, when the control information is transmitted through the shared channel, the influence of the control information on the transmission performance of the data or other information on the shared channel can be minimized, so as to achieve a compromise between the control information and the transmission performance of the data or other information .
  • the set of shared channel transmission occasions is a first set
  • the control channel transmission occasion is one of a second set of control channel transmission occasions for control channels
  • at least one of the control channel transmission occasions is determined from the first set
  • the shared channel transmission occasions include: if the second beamforming manner is that there are multiple control channel transmission occasions in the second set associated with different beams, the network device 110 determines the multiple shared channel transmission occasions from the first set. In this way, when the control information needs multi-point coordinated transmission or multi-point transmission to obtain high reliability, the transmission of the control information through the shared channel can preferentially satisfy the transmission reliability of the control information.
  • the set of shared channel transmission occasions is a first set
  • the control channel transmission occasion is one of a second set of control channel transmission occasions for control channels
  • at least one of the control channel transmission occasions is determined from the first set
  • the shared channel transmission opportunity includes: if the second beamforming manner is that all control channel transmission opportunities in the second set are associated with the same beam, the network device 110 determines one shared channel transmission opportunity from the first set. In this way, when the control information does not require multi-point coordinated transmission or multi-point transmission to obtain high reliability, the transmission of control information through the shared channel can preferentially satisfy the transmission reliability of data or other information on the shared channel.
  • the set of shared channel transmission occasions is a first set
  • the control channel transmission occasion is one of a second set of control channel transmission occasions for control channels
  • at least one of the control channel transmission occasions is determined from the first set
  • the shared channel transmission opportunities include: if the first beamforming mode is that there are multiple shared channel transmission opportunities in the first set that are associated with different beams, and the second beamforming mode is that there are multiple control channel transmission opportunities in the second set Associated with different beams, the network device 110 determines from the first set a plurality of shared channel transmission occasions associated with the different beams. In this way, the transmission of control information over the shared channel can be prioritized when the control information requires coordinated multipoint transmission or multipoint transmission for high reliability, and the shared channel will use coordinated multipoint transmission or multipoint transmission. Satisfy the transmission reliability of control information.
  • the first set is a subset of the set determined by the terminal device based on the time period.
  • the at least one shared channel transmission occasion includes a plurality of shared channel transmission occasions
  • receiving the control information includes: the network device 110 receives and controls both the one or more shared channel transmission occasions of the plurality of shared channel transmission occasions A plurality of modulation symbols corresponding to the information. In this way, the transmission reliability of the control information through a plurality of transmission occasions of the shared channel can be improved.
  • the at least one shared channel transmission occasion includes a plurality of shared channel transmission occasions
  • receiving the control information includes: the network device 110 respectively receiving a plurality of modulation symbols corresponding to the control information at the plurality of shared channel transmission occasions. Partial modulation symbols. In this way, the reliability of transmission of data or other information on the shared channel can be improved.
  • the number of modulation symbols sent respectively in the multiple shared channel transmission occasions is determined based on the corresponding number of time-frequency resources included in the multiple shared channel transmission occasions.
  • the modulation symbols of the control information can be allocated to each transmission opportunity according to the number of time-frequency resources of the transmission opportunity, which reduces the effect of the carried control information on data or other transmission occasions in which the number of time-frequency resources of the shared channel is small. influence of information.
  • the beamforming manner is indicated by the network device through spatial filtering indication information, or through sounding reference signal indication information.
  • At least one shared channel transmission opportunity is used to carry the same transport block.
  • modulation symbols formed by at least one redundancy version value in the same transport block are respectively mapped to the at least one shared channel transmission opportunity.
  • At least one shared channel transmission opportunity is scheduled by one DCI signaling, that is, the first scheduling information is carried in one DCI signaling.
  • the first scheduling information includes quantity information indicating at least one shared channel transmission opportunity.
  • At least one shared channel transmission opportunity is scheduled by at least one DCI signaling, and each DCI signaling is respectively used to indicate a time domain position of one shared channel transmission opportunity.
  • the at least one shared channel transmission opportunity and the control channel transmission opportunity are located on the same carrier, or on the same partial bandwidth (BWP).
  • example apparatus 1600 may be implemented at the terminal device 120 in the example communication system 100, eg, by a processor or processing unit of the terminal device 120 in conjunction with other components (eg, transceivers).
  • example apparatus 1600 may be implemented as terminal device 120 .
  • the example apparatus 1600 may also be implemented by a communication device separate from the example communication system 100.
  • example apparatus 1600 may include receiver 1610 , processor 1620 , and transmitter 1630 .
  • the receiver 1610 is configured to receive first scheduling information of the shared channel from the network device, where the first scheduling information indicates a set of shared channel transmission occasions of the shared channel and a first beamforming manner of the shared channel.
  • the receiver 1610 is further configured to receive second scheduling information of the control channel from the network device, the second scheduling information indicating the control channel transmission timing of the control channel and/or the second beamforming manner of the control channel.
  • the processor 1620 is configured to, if it is determined that the control channel transmission occasion has at least partially overlapping time domain resources with one or more of the shared channel transmission occasions in the set, based on the one of the first beamforming manner and the second beamforming manner At least one, at least one shared channel transmission occasion is determined from the set. Wherein, the second scheduling information indicates that the second beamforming manner of the control channel is optional.
  • the transmitter 1630 is configured to transmit control information associated with the control channel to the network device on at least one shared channel transmission occasion. Through the device, the transmission reliability of the control information between the terminal equipment and the network equipment can be improved, and at the same time, the transmission reliability of the data or other information in the shared channel can be taken into account, thereby improving the communication between the network equipment and the terminal equipment. performance.
  • the processor 1620 is further configured to determine at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the set by: if the first beamforming way is that there are multiple shared channel transmission opportunities in the set associated with different beams, Multiple shared channel transmission opportunities associated with different beams are then determined from the set. In this way, in the scenario of multi-point coordinated transmission or multi-point transmission and reception of network devices, the transmission reliability of control information between the terminal device and the network device can be improved, thereby improving the communication between the terminal device and the network device. communication performance.
  • the transmission beams associated with each transmission opportunity of the multiple shared channel transmission opportunities are different from each other.
  • the multiple shared channel transmission occasions are multiple shared channel transmission occasions in the set that are consecutively numbered in the time domain; or the time interval between the multiple shared channel transmission occasions is less than or equal to a predetermined duration.
  • the multiple shared channel transmission occasions are used to carry control information. In this way, the delay of the control information transmission between the terminal device and the network device can be ensured to be small, and it is avoided that the control information cannot be received within a predetermined time and simultaneously affects the transmission performance of data or other information on the shared channel.
  • the processor 1620 is further configured to determine at least one shared channel transmission occasion from the set by: determining a time period for generating control information; determining a subset of the set based on the time period, a share in the subset The time period between the start time point of the channel transmission opportunity and the reception time point when the second scheduling information is received is greater than the above time period; and at least one shared channel transmission opportunity is determined from the subset.
  • the example apparatus 1600 of the embodiment of the present disclosure can adapt to a terminal device with a lower processing capability and satisfy the limitation of its lower processing capability.
  • the processor 1620 is further configured to determine at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the set by: if the first beamforming way is that all shared channel transmission opportunities in the set are associated with the same beam, Then a shared channel transmission opportunity is determined from the set. In this way, when the control information is transmitted through the shared channel, the influence of the control information on the transmission performance of the data or other information on the shared channel can be minimized, so as to achieve a compromise between the control information and the transmission performance of the data or other information .
  • the set of shared channel transmission occasions is a first set
  • the control channel transmission occasion is one of a second set of control channel transmission occasions of the control channel
  • the processor 1620 is further configured to pass
  • the at least one shared channel transmission opportunity is determined from the first set in the following manner: if the second beamforming manner is that there are multiple control channel transmission opportunities in the second set associated with different beams, then multiple shared channel transmission opportunities are determined from the first set channel transmission timing. In this way, when the control information needs multi-point coordinated transmission or multi-point transmission to obtain high reliability, the transmission of the control information through the shared channel can preferentially satisfy the transmission reliability of the control information.
  • the set of shared channel transmission occasions is a first set
  • the control channel transmission occasion is one of a second set of control channel transmission occasions of the control channel
  • the processor 1620 is further configured to pass At least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the first set is determined in the following manner: if the second beamforming is such that all control channel transmission opportunities in the second set are associated with the same beam, then one shared channel is determined from the first set transmission timing. In this way, when the control information does not need multi-point coordinated transmission or multi-point transmission to obtain high reliability, the transmission of control information through the shared channel can preferentially satisfy the transmission reliability of data or other information on the shared channel.
  • the set of shared channel transmission occasions is a first set
  • the control channel transmission occasion is one of a second set of control channel transmission occasions of the control channel
  • the processor 1620 is further configured to pass The at least one shared channel transmission opportunity is determined from the first set in the following manner: if the first beamforming manner is that there are multiple shared channel transmission opportunities in the first set associated with different beams, and the second beamforming manner is the second If there are multiple control channel transmission opportunities associated with different beams in the set, then multiple shared channel transmission opportunities associated with different beams are determined from the first set. In this way, the transmission of control information over the shared channel can be prioritized when the control information requires coordinated multipoint transmission or multipoint transmission for high reliability, and the shared channel will use the multipoint coordinated transmission or multipoint transmission. Satisfy the transmission reliability of control information.
  • the first set is a subset of the set determined by the terminal device based on the time period.
  • the at least one shared channel transmission occasion includes a plurality of shared channel transmission occasions
  • the transmitter 1630 is further configured to transmit the control information by: one or more of the plurality of shared channel transmission occasions Each transmission occasion transmits a plurality of modulation symbols corresponding to the control information. In this way, the transmission reliability of the control information through a plurality of transmission occasions of the shared channel can be improved.
  • the at least one shared channel transmission occasion includes a plurality of shared channel transmission occasions
  • the transmitter 1630 is further configured to transmit the control information by transmitting the corresponding control information at the plurality of shared channel transmission occasions, respectively.
  • a partial modulation symbol of a plurality of modulation symbols is provided. In this way, the reliability of transmission of data or other information on the shared channel can be improved.
  • the number of modulation symbols respectively sent in the plurality of shared channel transmission occasions is determined based on the corresponding number of time-frequency resources included in the plurality of shared channel transmission occasions.
  • the modulation symbols of the control information can be allocated to each transmission opportunity according to the number of time-frequency resources of the transmission opportunity, which reduces the effect of the carried control information on data or other transmission occasions in which the number of time-frequency resources of the shared channel is small. influence of information.
  • the beamforming manner is indicated by the network device through spatial filtering indication information, or through sounding reference signal indication information.
  • At least one shared channel transmission opportunity is used to carry the same transport block.
  • modulation symbols formed by at least one redundancy version value in the same transport block are respectively mapped to the at least one shared channel transmission opportunity.
  • At least one shared channel transmission opportunity is scheduled by one DCI signaling, that is, the first scheduling information is carried in one DCI signaling.
  • the first scheduling information includes quantity information indicating at least one shared channel transmission opportunity.
  • At least one shared channel transmission opportunity is scheduled by at least one DCI signaling, and each DCI signaling is respectively used to indicate a time domain position of one shared channel transmission opportunity.
  • the at least one shared channel transmission opportunity and the control channel transmission opportunity are located on the same carrier, or on the same partial bandwidth (BWP).
  • example apparatus 1700 may be implemented at network device 110 in example communication system 100, eg, by a processor or processing unit of network device 110 in conjunction with other components (eg, transceivers).
  • example apparatus 1700 may be implemented as network device 110 .
  • the example apparatus 1700 may also be implemented by a communication device separate from the example communication system 100 .
  • example apparatus 1700 may include transmitter 1710 , processor 1720 , and receiver 1730 .
  • the transmitter 1710 is configured to send first scheduling information of the shared channel to the terminal device, where the first scheduling information indicates a set of shared channel transmission occasions of the shared channel and a first beamforming manner of the shared channel.
  • the transmitter 1710 is further configured to send second scheduling information of the control channel to the terminal device, where the second scheduling information indicates the control channel transmission timing of the control channel and/or the second beamforming manner of the control channel.
  • the processor 1720 is configured to, if it is determined that the control channel transmission occasion has at least partially overlapping time domain resources with one or more of the shared channel transmission occasions in the set, based on the first beamforming manner and the second beamforming manner At least one, at least one shared channel transmission occasion is determined from the set. Wherein, the second scheduling information indicates that the second beamforming manner of the control channel is optional.
  • the receiver 1730 is configured to receive control information associated with the control channel from the terminal device at at least one shared channel transmission occasion. Through the device, the transmission reliability of the control information between the terminal equipment and the network equipment can be improved, and at the same time, the transmission reliability of the data or other information in the shared channel can be taken into account, thereby improving the communication between the network equipment and the terminal equipment. performance.
  • the processor 1720 is further configured to determine at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the set in the following manner: if the first beamforming manner is that there are multiple shared channel transmission opportunities in the set associated with different beams, Multiple shared channel transmission occasions associated with different beams are then determined from the set. In this way, in the scenario of multi-point coordinated transmission or multi-point transmission and reception of network devices, the transmission reliability of control information between the terminal device and the network device can be improved, thereby improving the communication between the terminal device and the network device. communication performance.
  • the transmission beams associated with each transmission opportunity of the multiple shared channel transmission opportunities are different from each other.
  • the multiple shared channel transmission occasions are multiple shared channel transmission occasions in the set that are consecutively numbered in the time domain; or the time interval between the multiple shared channel transmission occasions is less than or equal to a predetermined duration.
  • the multiple shared channel transmission occasions are used to carry control information. In this way, the delay in the transmission of control information between the terminal device and the network device can be ensured to be small, and it is avoided that the control information cannot be received within a predetermined time and simultaneously affects the transmission performance of data or other information on the shared channel.
  • the processor 1720 is further configured to determine at least one shared channel transmission occasion from the set by: determining a time period for the terminal device to generate the control information; determining a subset of the set based on the time period, the subset The time period between the start time point of the shared channel transmission opportunity and the reception time point when the terminal device receives the second scheduling information is greater than the above time period; and at least one shared channel transmission opportunity is determined from the subset.
  • the example apparatus 1700 of the embodiment of the present disclosure can adapt to a terminal device with a lower processing capability and satisfy the limitation of its lower processing capability.
  • the processor 1720 is further configured to determine at least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the set by: if the first beamforming way is that all shared channel transmission opportunities in the set are associated with the same beam, Then a shared channel transmission opportunity is determined from the set. In this way, when the control information is transmitted through the shared channel, the influence of the control information on the transmission performance of the data or other information on the shared channel can be minimized, so as to achieve a compromise between the control information and the transmission performance of the data or other information .
  • the set of shared channel transmission occasions is a first set
  • the aforementioned control channel transmission occasion is one of the second set of control channel transmission occasions of the control channel
  • the processor 1720 is further configured to pass
  • the at least one shared channel transmission opportunity is determined from the first set in the following manner: if the second beamforming manner is that there are multiple control channel transmission opportunities in the second set associated with different beams, then multiple shared channel transmission opportunities are determined from the first set channel transmission timing. In this way, when the control information needs multi-point coordinated transmission or multi-point transmission to obtain high reliability, the transmission of the control information through the shared channel can preferentially satisfy the transmission reliability of the control information.
  • the set of shared channel transmission occasions is a first set
  • the aforementioned control channel transmission occasion is one of the second set of control channel transmission occasions of the control channel
  • the processor 1720 is further configured to pass At least one shared channel transmission opportunity from the first set is determined in the following manner: if the second beamforming is such that all control channel transmission opportunities in the second set are associated with the same beam, then one shared channel is determined from the first set transmission timing. In this way, when the control information does not need multi-point coordinated transmission or multi-point transmission to obtain high reliability, the transmission of control information through the shared channel can preferentially satisfy the transmission reliability of data or other information on the shared channel.
  • the set of shared channel transmission occasions is a first set
  • the aforementioned control channel transmission occasion is one of the second set of control channel transmission occasions of the control channel
  • the processor 1720 is further configured to pass The at least one shared channel transmission opportunity is determined from the first set in the following manner: if the first beamforming manner is that there are multiple shared channel transmission opportunities in the first set associated with different beams, and the second beamforming manner is the second If there are multiple control channel transmission opportunities associated with different beams in the set, then multiple shared channel transmission opportunities associated with different beams are determined from the first set. In this way, the transmission of control information over the shared channel can be prioritized when the control information requires coordinated multipoint transmission or multipoint transmission for high reliability, and the shared channel will use the multipoint coordinated transmission or multipoint transmission. Satisfy the transmission reliability of control information.
  • the first set is a subset of the set determined by the terminal device based on the time period.
  • the at least one shared channel transmission occasion includes a plurality of shared channel transmission occasions
  • the receiver 1730 is further configured to receive control information by: one or more of the plurality of shared channel transmission occasions Each transmission occasion receives a plurality of modulation symbols corresponding to the control information. In this way, the transmission reliability of the control information through a plurality of transmission occasions of the shared channel can be improved.
  • the at least one shared channel transmission occasion includes a plurality of shared channel transmission occasions
  • the receiver 1730 is further configured to receive the control information by receiving, respectively, corresponding to the control information at the plurality of shared channel transmission occasions.
  • a partial modulation symbol of a plurality of modulation symbols is provided. In this way, the reliability of transmission of data or other information on the shared channel can be improved.
  • the number of modulation symbols respectively sent in the plurality of shared channel transmission occasions is determined based on the corresponding number of time-frequency resources included in the plurality of shared channel transmission occasions.
  • the modulation symbols of the control information can be allocated to each transmission opportunity according to the number of time-frequency resources of the transmission opportunity, which reduces the effect of the carried control information on data or other transmission occasions in which the number of time-frequency resources of the shared channel is small. influence of information.
  • the beamforming manner is indicated by the network device through spatial filtering indication information, or through sounding reference signal indication information.
  • At least one shared channel transmission opportunity is used to carry the same transport block.
  • modulation symbols formed by at least one redundancy version value in the same transport block are respectively mapped to the at least one shared channel transmission opportunity.
  • At least one shared channel transmission opportunity is scheduled by one DCI signaling, that is, the first scheduling information is carried in one DCI signaling.
  • the first scheduling information includes quantity information indicating at least one shared channel transmission opportunity.
  • At least one shared channel transmission opportunity is scheduled by at least one DCI signaling, and each DCI signaling is respectively used to indicate a time domain position of one shared channel transmission opportunity.
  • the at least one shared channel transmission opportunity and the control channel transmission opportunity are located on the same carrier, or on the same partial bandwidth (BWP).
  • example electronic device 1800 shows a block diagram of an example electronic device 1800 in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the example electronic device 1800 may be used to implement communication devices, such as network devices 110 and 115 and terminal devices 120 and 130 in FIG. 1 , among others. Accordingly, example electronic device 1800 may also be referred to as example communication device 1800 herein.
  • an example communication device 1800 may include a processor 1810 and a memory 1820 coupled to the processor 1810 .
  • Computer program instructions 1825 are stored in memory 1820 .
  • the example communication device 1800 can also include a communication module 1830 coupled to the processor 1810 .
  • the communication module 1830 may be used for two-way communication, and may have at least one cable, fiber optic cable, wireless interface, etc., for facilitating communication.
  • a communication interface can represent any interface used to communicate with other devices.
  • Processor 1810 may be of any type suitable for the local technical environment, and may include, by way of non-limiting example, one or more of the following: general purpose computers, special purpose computers, microprocessors, digital signal processors (DSPs), and multicore-based processors architecture of the processor.
  • the example communication device 1800 may have multiple processors, such as application specific integrated circuit chips that are slaved in time with a clock that is synchronized with the master processor.
  • Memory 1820 may include one or more non-volatile memories and one or more volatile memories.
  • Non-volatile memory examples include, but are not limited to, read only memory (ROM), electrically erasable programmable read only memory (EPROM), flash memory, hard disks, compact disks (CDs), digital versatile disks (DVDs), and Other magnetic storage devices and/or optical storage devices.
  • volatile memory examples include, but are not limited to, random memory access memory (RAM) or other volatile memory that does not persist during power down.
  • Computer program instructions 1825 may include computer-executable instructions executable by the associated processor 1810 . In some embodiments, computer program instructions 1825 may be stored in ROM of memory 1820 . The processor 1810 may perform various appropriate actions and processes by loading the memory 1820 into the RAM of the memory 1820 .
  • Embodiments of the present disclosure may be implemented by computer program instructions 1825 to cause the example communication device 1800 to perform any method or process of the present disclosure as discussed above with reference to FIGS. 4 , 14 and 15 .
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure can also be implemented by hardware or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the computer program instructions 1825 may be tangibly embodied on a computer readable medium.
  • Such computer-readable media may be included in example communication device 1800 (eg, memory 1820 ) or in other storage devices accessible by example communication device 1800 .
  • the example communication device 1800 can read computer program instructions 1825 from a computer-readable medium to the RAM of the memory 1820 for execution.
  • Computer-readable media may include various tangible non-volatile storage devices such as ROM, EPROM, flash memory, hard disks, CDs, DVDs, and the like.
  • the various example embodiments of the present disclosure may be implemented in hardware or special purpose circuits, software, logic, or any combination thereof. Certain aspects may be implemented in hardware, while other aspects may be implemented in firmware or software that may be executed by a controller, microprocessor or other computing device. For example, in some embodiments, various examples of the present disclosure (eg, methods, apparatus, or devices) may be implemented in part or in whole on a computer-readable medium.
  • the present disclosure also provides at least one computer program product stored on a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer program product includes computer-executable instructions, such as program modules included in a device executed on a target's physical or virtual processor, to perform the examples described above with respect to FIGS. 4 , 14 and 15 Methods or example processes 400 , 1400 and 1500 .
  • program modules may include routines, programs, libraries, objects, classes, components, data structures, etc. that perform particular tasks or implement particular abstract data structures.
  • the functionality of the program modules may be combined or divided among the described program modules.
  • Computer-executable instructions for program modules may be executed in local or distributed devices. In a distributed facility, program modules may be located in both local and remote storage media.
  • Program code for implementing the methods of the present disclosure may be written in one or more programming languages. Such computer program code may be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer or other programmable data processing apparatus, such that the program code, when executed by the computer or other programmable data processing apparatus, causes the flowcharts and/or block diagrams The functions/operations specified in are implemented.
  • the program code may execute entirely on the computer, partly on the computer, as a stand-alone software package, partly on the computer and partly on a remote computer or entirely on the remote computer or server.
  • computer program code or related data may be carried by any suitable carrier to enable a device, apparatus or processor to perform the various processes and operations described above. Examples of carriers include signals, computer-readable media, and the like.
  • the computer-readable medium may be a computer-readable signal medium or a computer-readable storage medium.
  • Computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to, electronic, magnetic, optical, electromagnetic, infrared, or semiconductor systems, devices, or devices, or any suitable combination thereof. More detailed examples of machine-readable storage media include electrical connections with one or more wires, portable computer disks, hard disks, random access memory (RAM), read only memory (ROM), erasable programmable read only Memory (EPROM or flash memory), fiber optics, portable compact disk read only memory (CD-ROM), optical storage devices, magnetic storage devices, or any suitable combination thereof.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本公开的实施例提供了一种用于通信的方法、装置、终端设备、网络设备和介质。在该方法中，终端设备从网络设备接收第一调度信息，其指示共享信道传输时机的集合和共享信道的第一波束赋形方式；终端设备从网络设备接收第二调度信息，其指示控制信道传输时机和/或控制信道的第二波束赋形方式；如果终端设备确定控制信道传输时机与共享信道传输时机集合中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机具有至少部分重叠的时域资源，则基于第一波束赋形方式和第二波束赋形方式中的至少一者，从该集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机；以及终端设备在至少一个共享信道传输时机向网络设备发送与控制信道相关联的控制信息。以此方式，终端设备与网络设备之间的通信性能可以提高。

Description

用于通信的方法和装置、终端设备、网络设备和介质
本申请要求于2020年7月10日提交中国专利局、申请号为202010664744.9、发明名称为“用于通信的方法和装置、终端设备、网络设备和介质”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本公开总体上涉及通信技术，并且具体地涉及一种用于通信的方法、用于通信的装置、终端设备、网络设备以及计算机可读介质。
背景技术
第五代(5G)移动通信技术是面向最新移动通信需求而发展的新一代移动通信系统，其将具有超高的频谱和能量效率。具体来说，在传输速率和资源利用率等方面，5G移动通信系统较第四代(4G)移动通信系统将提高一个量级或更高，5G的无线覆盖性能、传输时延、系统安全和用户体验也将显著提高。当前5G已经成为国内外移动通信领域的研究热点，世界各国就5G的发展愿景、应用需求、候选频段、关键技术指标及使能技术进行了广泛的研讨并启动了有关标准化进程。根据5G的技术愿景，5G网络将满足人们超高流量密度、超高连接数密度、超高移动性的需求，为用户提供高清视频、虚拟现实、增强现实、云桌面、在线游戏等极致业务体验。此外，5G还将渗透到物联网领域，与工业设施、医疗仪器、交通工具等深度融合，全面实现“万物互联”。
在5G等移动通信系统中，终端设备与网络设备(或其他终端设备)之间可以传输各种共享信道和控制信道。共享信道的示例可以包括但不限于，物理上行链路共享信道(physical uplink shared channel，PUSCH)、物理下行链路共享信道(physical downlink shared channel，PDSCH)、物理侧行链路共享信道(physical sidelink shared channel，PSSCH)，等等。控制信道的示例可以包括但不限于，物理上行链路控制信道(physical uplink control channel，PUCCH)、物理下行链路控制信道(physical downlink control channel，PDCCH)、物理侧行链路控制信道(physical sidelink control channel，PSCCH)，等等。然而，在一些通信场景中，传统的共享信道和控制信道的传输方案可能无法保证共享信道和控制信道的高传输可靠性和低传输时延，从而导致终端设备与网络设备(或其他终端设备)之间的通信性能下降，进而影响用户体验。
发明内容
本公开涉及一种用于通信的技术方案，并且具体提供了一种用于通信的方法、用于通信的装置、终端设备、网络设备以及计算机可读介质。
在本公开的第一方面，提供了一种用于通信的方法。该方法包括：终端设备从网络设备接收共享信道的第一调度信息，第一调度信息指示共享信道的共享信道传输时机的集合和共享信道的第一波束赋形方式。该方法还包括：终端设备从网络设备接收控制信道的第二调度信息，第二调度信息指示控制信道的控制信道传输时机和/或控制信道的第二波束赋形方式。该方法还包括：如果终端设备确定控制信道传输时机与集合中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机具有至少部分重叠的时域资源，则终端设备基于第一波束赋形 方式和第二波束赋形方式中的至少一者，从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机。其中，第二调度信息指示控制信道的第二波束赋形方式是可选的。该方法进一步包括：终端设备在至少一个共享信道传输时机向网络设备发送与控制信道相关联的控制信息。通过该方法，终端设备与网络设备之间的控制信息的传输可靠性可以得到提升，同时还可以兼顾共享信道中的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性，从而改进网络设备与终端设备之间的通信性能。
作为上述“如果终端设备确定控制信道传输时机与集合中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机具有至少部分重叠的时域资源，则终端设备基于第一波束赋形方式和第二波束赋形方式中的至少一者，从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机”的可替换的实现方式，终端设备基于第一波束赋形方式和第二波束赋形方式中的至少一者，从共享信道传输时机的集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机，其中，控制信道传输时机与共享信道传输时机的集合中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机具有至少部分重叠的时域资源。
在一些实现方式中，从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：如果第一波束赋形方式为集合中存在多个共享信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则终端设备从集合中确定与不同波束相关联的多个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在网络设备的多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输的场景中，终端设备与网络设备之间的控制信息的传输可靠性可以得到提升，从而提高终端设备与网络设备之间的通信性能。
可选的，该多个共享信道传输时机的每个传输时机所关联的发送波束互不相同。
在一些实现方式中，多个共享信道传输时机是共享信道传输时机集合中在时域上编号连续的多个共享信道传输时机；或者多个共享信道传输时机彼此之间的时间间隔小于或者等于预定时长。该多个共享信道传输时机用于承载控制信息。如此，可以确保终端设备与网络设备之间的控制信息传输的时延较小，避免了控制信息无法在预定时间内被接收还同时影响共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输性能。
在一些实现方式中，从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：终端设备确定用于生成控制信息的时间段；终端设备基于时间段确定集合的子集，子集中的共享信道传输时机的起始时间点与接收到第二调度信息的接收时间点之间的时长大于上述时间段；以及终端设备从子集中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，本公开的实施例的该方法可以适应处理能力较低的终端设备，满足其较低处理能力的限制。
在一些实现方式中，从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：如果第一波束赋形方式为集合中的全部共享信道传输时机与相同的波束相关联，则终端设备从集合中确定一个共享信道传输时机。如此，在控制信息通过共享信道被传输的情况下，可以尽可能减小控制信息对共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输性能的影响，达到控制信息与数据或其他信息的传输性能的折中。
在一些实现方式中，共享信道传输时机集合是第一集合，上述控制信道传输时机是控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且从第一集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：如果第二波束赋形方式为第二集合中存在多个控制信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则终端设备从第一集合中确定多个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在控制信息需要多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输以获得高可靠性时，控制信息通过共享信道的传输可以优先满足控制信息的传输可靠性。在一些实现方式中，共享信道传输时机集合是第一集合，上述控制信道传输时机是控制信道的控制信道传输 时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且从第一集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：如果第二波束赋形方式为第二集合中的全部控制信道传输时机与相同的波束相关联，则终端设备从第一集合中确定一个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在控制信息无需多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输以获得高可靠性时，控制信息通过共享信道的传输可以优先满足共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性。
在一些实现方式中，共享信道传输时机集合是第一集合，上述控制信道传输时机是控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且从第一集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：如果第一波束赋形方式为第一集合中存在多个共享信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，并且第二波束赋形方式为第二集合中存在多个控制信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则终端设备从第一集合中确定与不同波束相关联的多个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在控制信息需要多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输以获得高可靠性，并且共享信道将使用多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输时，控制信息通过共享信道的传输可以优先满足控制信息的传输可靠性。
可选的，第一集合为终端设备基于时间段确定的集合中的子集。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机包括多个共享信道传输时机，并且发送控制信息包括：终端设备在多个共享信道传输时机中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机均发送与控制信息相对应的多个调制符号。如此，控制信息通过共享信道的多个传输时机的传输可靠性可以提高。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机包括多个共享信道传输时机，并且发送控制信息包括：终端设备在多个共享信道传输时机分别发送与控制信息相对应的多个调制符号中的部分调制符号。如此，共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性可以提高。
在一些实现方式中，在多个共享信道传输时机分别发送的调制符号的数量基于多个共享信道传输时机包括的时频资源的相应数量来确定。以此方式，控制信息的调制符号可以按照传输时机的时频资源数量来分配到各个传输时机，降低了所承载的控制信息对共享信道的时频资源数量较少的传输时机中的数据或其他信息的影响。
在一些实现方式中，波束赋形方式是网络设备通过空间滤波指示信息，或者通过探测(sounding)参考信号指示信息指示的。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机用于承载同一个传输块。可选的，同一个传输块经过至少一个冗余版本取值形成的调制符号分别映射到该至少一个共享信道传输时机上。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机由一个DCI信令调度，即第一调度信息承载于一个DCI信令中。第一调度信息中包括指示至少一个共享信道传输时机的数量信息。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机分别由至少一个DCI信令调度，每个DCI信令分别用于指示一个共享信道传输时机的时域位置。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机和控制信道传输时机位于同一个载波，或者，同一个部分带宽(Bandwidth part，BWP)上。
在本公开的第二方面，提供了一种用于通信的方法。该方法包括：网络设备向终端设备发送共享信道的第一调度信息，第一调度信息指示共享信道的共享信道传输时机的 集合和共享信道的第一波束赋形方式。该方法还包括：网络设备向终端设备发送控制信道的第二调度信息，第二调度信息指示控制信道的控制信道传输时机和/或控制信道的第二波束赋形方式。该方法还包括：如果网络设备确定控制信道传输时机与集合中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机具有至少部分重叠的时域资源，则网络设备基于第一波束赋形方式和第二波束赋形方式中的至少一者，从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机。其中，第二调度信息指示控制信道的第二波束赋形方式是可选的。该方法进一步包括：网络设备在至少一个共享信道传输时机从终端设备接收与控制信道相关联的控制信息。通过该方法，终端设备与网络设备之间的控制信息的传输可靠性可以得到提升，同时还可以兼顾共享信道中的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性，从而改进网络设备与终端设备之间的通信性能。
作为上述“如果网络设备确定控制信道传输时机与集合中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机具有至少部分重叠的时域资源，则网络设备基于第一波束赋形方式和第二波束赋形方式中的至少一者，从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机”的可替换的实现方式，网络设备基于第一波束赋形方式和第二波束赋形方式中的至少一者，从共享信道传输时机的集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机，其中，控制信道传输时机与共享信道传输时机的集合中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机具有至少部分重叠的时域资源。
在一些实现方式中，从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：如果第一波束赋形方式为集合中存在多个共享信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则网络设备从集合中确定与不同波束相关联的多个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在网络设备的多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输的场景中，终端设备与网络设备之间的控制信息的传输可靠性可以得到提升，从而提高终端设备与网络设备之间的通信性能。
可选的，该多个共享信道传输时机的每个传输时机所关联的发送波束互不相同。
在一些实现方式中，多个共享信道传输时机是集合中在时域上编号连续的多个共享信道传输时机；或者多个共享信道传输时机彼此之间的时间间隔小于或者等于预定时长。该多个共享信道传输时机用于承载控制信息。如此，可以确保终端设备与网络设备之间的控制信息传输的时延较小，避免了控制信息无法在预定时间内被接收还同时影响共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输性能。
在一些实现方式中，从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：网络设备确定终端设备用于生成控制信息的时间段；网络设备基于时间段确定集合的子集，子集中的共享信道传输时机的起始时间点与终端设备接收到第二调度信息的接收时间点之间的时长大于上述时间段；以及网络设备从子集中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，本公开的实施例的该方法可以适应处理能力较低的终端设备，满足其较低处理能力的限制。
在一些实现方式中，从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：如果第一波束赋形方式为集合中的全部共享信道传输时机与相同的波束相关联，则网络设备从集合中确定一个共享信道传输时机。如此，在控制信息通过共享信道被传输的情况下，可以尽可能减小控制信息对共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输性能的影响，达到控制信息与数据或其他信息的传输性能的折中。
在一些实现方式中，共享信道传输时机集合是第一集合，上述控制信道传输时机是控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且从第一集合 中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：如果第二波束赋形方式为第二集合中存在多个控制信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则网络设备从第一集合中确定多个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在控制信息需要多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输以获得高可靠性时，控制信息通过共享信道的传输可以优先满足控制信息的传输可靠性。
在一些实现方式中，共享信道传输时机集合是第一集合，上述控制信道传输时机是控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且从第一集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：如果第二波束赋形方式为第二集合中的全部控制信道传输时机与相同的波束相关联，则网络设备从第一集合中确定一个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在控制信息无需多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输以获得高可靠性时，控制信息通过共享信道的传输可以优先满足共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性。
在一些实现方式中，共享信道传输时机集合是第一集合，上述控制信道传输时机是控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且从第一集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：如果第一波束赋形方式为第一集合中存在多个共享信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，并且第二波束赋形方式为第二集合中存在多个控制信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则网络设备从第一集合中确定与不同波束相关联的多个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在控制信息需要多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输以获得高可靠性，并且共享信道将使用多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输时，控制信息通过共享信道的传输可以优先满足控制信息的传输可靠性。
可选的，第一集合为终端设备基于时间段确定的集合中的子集。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机包括多个共享信道传输时机，并且接收控制信息包括：网络设备在多个共享信道传输时机中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机均接收与控制信息相对应的多个调制符号。如此，控制信息通过共享信道的多个传输时机的传输可靠性可以提高。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机包括多个共享信道传输时机，并且接收控制信息包括：网络设备在多个共享信道传输时机分别接收与控制信息相对应的多个调制符号中的部分调制符号。如此，共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性可以提高。
在一些实现方式中，在多个共享信道传输时机分别发送的调制符号的数量基于多个共享信道传输时机包括的时频资源的相应数量来确定。以此方式，控制信息的调制符号可以按照传输时机的时频资源数量来分配到各个传输时机，降低了所承载的控制信息对共享信道的时频资源数量较少的传输时机中的数据或其他信息的影响。
在一些实现方式中，波束赋形方式是网络设备通过空间滤波指示信息，或者通过探测(sounding)参考信号指示信息指示的。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机用于承载同一个传输块。可选的，同一个传输块经过至少一个冗余版本取值形成的调制符号分别映射到该至少一个共享信道传输时机上。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机由一个DCI信令调度，即第一调度信息承载于一个DCI信令中。第一调度信息中包括指示至少一个共享信道传输时机的数量信息。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机分别由至少一个DCI信令调度，每个DCI信令分别用于指示一个共享信道传输时机的时域位置。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机和控制信道传输时机位于同一个载波，或者，同一个部分带宽(BWP)上。
在本公开的第三方面，提供了一种用于通信的装置。该装置包括接收器、处理器和发射器。接收器被配置为从网络设备接收共享信道的第一调度信息，第一调度信息指示共享信道的共享信道传输时机的集合和共享信道的第一波束赋形方式。接收器还被配置为从网络设备接收控制信道的第二调度信息，第二调度信息指示控制信道的控制信道传输时机和/或控制信道的第二波束赋形方式。处理器被配置为如果确定控制信道传输时机与集合中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机具有至少部分重叠的时域资源，则基于第一波束赋形方式和第二波束赋形方式中的至少一者，从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机。其中，第二调度信息指示控制信道的第二波束赋形方式是可选的。发射器被配置为在至少一个共享信道传输时机向网络设备发送与控制信道相关联的控制信息。通过该装置，终端设备与网络设备之间的控制信息的传输可靠性可以得到提升，同时还可以兼顾共享信道中的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性，从而改进网络设备与终端设备之间的通信性能。
作为上述“处理器被配置为如果确定控制信道传输时机与集合中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机具有至少部分重叠的时域资源，则基于第一波束赋形方式和第二波束赋形方式中的至少一者，从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机”的可替换的实现方式，处理器被配置为基于第一波束赋形方式和第二波束赋形方式中的至少一者，从共享信道传输时机的集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机，其中，控制信道传输时机与共享信道传输时机的集合中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机具有至少部分重叠的时域资源。
在一些实现方式中，处理器还被配置为通过以下方式从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机：如果第一波束赋形方式为集合中存在多个共享信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则从集合中确定与不同波束相关联的多个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在网络设备的多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输的场景中，终端设备与网络设备之间的控制信息的传输可靠性可以得到提升，从而提高终端设备与网络设备之间的通信性能。
可选的，该多个共享信道传输时机的每个传输时机所关联的发送波束互不相同。
在一些实现方式中，多个共享信道传输时机是集合中在时域上编号连续的多个共享信道传输时机；或者多个共享信道传输时机彼此之间的时间间隔小于或者等于预定时长。该多个共享信道传输时机用于承载控制信息。如此，可以确保终端设备与网络设备之间的控制信息传输的时延较小，避免了控制信息无法在预定时间内被接收还同时影响共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输性能。
在一些实现方式中，处理器还被配置为通过以下方式从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机：确定用于生成控制信息的时间段；基于时间段确定集合的子集，子集中的共享信道传输时机的起始时间点与接收到第二调度信息的接收时间点之间的时长大于上述时间段；以及从子集中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，本公开的实施例的该装置可以适应处理能力较低的终端设备，满足其较低处理能力的限制。
在一些实现方式中，处理器还被配置为通过以下方式从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机：如果第一波束赋形方式为集合中的全部共享信道传输时机与相同的波束相 关联，则从集合中确定一个共享信道传输时机。如此，在控制信息通过共享信道被传输的情况下，可以尽可能减小控制信息对共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输性能的影响，达到控制信息与数据或其他信息的传输性能的折中。
在一些实现方式中，共享信道传输时机集合是第一集合，上述控制信道传输时机是控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且处理器还被配置为通过以下方式从第一集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机：如果第二波束赋形方式为第二集合中存在多个控制信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则从第一集合中确定多个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在控制信息需要多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输以获得高可靠性时，控制信息通过共享信道的传输可以优先满足控制信息的传输可靠性。
在一些实现方式中，共享信道传输时机集合是第一集合，上述控制信道传输时机是控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且处理器还被配置为通过以下方式从第一集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机：如果第二波束赋形方式为第二集合中的全部控制信道传输时机与相同的波束相关联，则从第一集合中确定一个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在控制信息无需多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输以获得高可靠性时，控制信息通过共享信道的传输可以优先满足共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性。
在一些实现方式中，共享信道传输时机集合是第一集合，上述控制信道传输时机是控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且处理器还被配置为通过以下方式从第一集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机：如果第一波束赋形方式为第一集合中存在多个共享信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，并且第二波束赋形方式为第二集合中存在多个控制信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则从第一集合中确定与不同波束相关联的多个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在控制信息需要多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输以获得高可靠性，并且共享信道将使用多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输时，控制信息通过共享信道的传输可以优先满足控制信息的传输可靠性。
可选的，第一集合为终端设备基于时间段确定的集合中的子集。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机包括多个共享信道传输时机，并且发射器还被配置为通过以下方式发送控制信息：在多个共享信道传输时机中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机均发送与控制信息相对应的多个调制符号。如此，控制信息通过共享信道的多个传输时机的传输可靠性可以提高。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机包括多个共享信道传输时机，并且发射器还被配置为通过以下方式发送控制信息：在多个共享信道传输时机分别发送与控制信息相对应的多个调制符号中的部分调制符号。如此，共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性可以提高。
在一些实现方式中，在多个共享信道传输时机分别发送的调制符号的数量基于多个共享信道传输时机包括的时频资源的相应数量来确定。以此方式，控制信息的调制符号可以按照传输时机的时频资源数量来分配到各个传输时机，降低了所承载的控制信息对共享信道的时频资源数量较少的传输时机中的数据或其他信息的影响。
在一些实现方式中，波束赋形方式是网络设备通过空间滤波指示信息，或者通过探测(sounding)参考信号指示信息指示的。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机用于承载同一个传输块。可选的， 同一个传输块经过至少一个冗余版本取值形成的调制符号分别映射到该至少一个共享信道传输时机上。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机由一个DCI信令调度，即第一调度信息承载于一个DCI信令中。第一调度信息中包括指示至少一个共享信道传输时机的数量信息。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机分别由至少一个DCI信令调度，每个DCI信令分别用于指示一个共享信道传输时机的时域位置。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机和控制信道传输时机位于同一个载波，或者，同一个部分带宽(BWP)上。
在本公开的第四方面，提供了一种用于通信的装置。该装置包括发射器、处理器和接收器。发射器被配置为向终端设备发送共享信道的第一调度信息，第一调度信息指示共享信道的共享信道传输时机的集合和共享信道的第一波束赋形方式。发射器还被配置为向终端设备发送控制信道的第二调度信息，第二调度信息指示控制信道的控制信道传输时机和/或控制信道的第二波束赋形方式。处理器被配置为如果确定控制信道传输时机与集合中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机具有至少部分重叠的时域资源，则基于第一波束赋形方式和第二波束赋形方式中的至少一者，从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机。其中，第二调度信息指示控制信道的第二波束赋形方式是可选的。接收器被配置为在至少一个共享信道传输时机从终端设备接收与控制信道相关联的控制信息。通过该装置，终端设备与网络设备之间的控制信息的传输可靠性可以得到提升，同时还可以兼顾共享信道中的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性，从而改进网络设备与终端设备之间的通信性能。
作为上述“处理器被配置为如果确定控制信道传输时机与集合中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机具有至少部分重叠的时域资源，则基于第一波束赋形方式和第二波束赋形方式中的至少一者，从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机”的可替换的实现方式，处理器被配置为基于第一波束赋形方式和第二波束赋形方式中的至少一者，从共享信道传输时机的集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机，其中，控制信道传输时机与共享信道传输时机的集合中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机具有至少部分重叠的时域资源。
在一些实现方式中，处理器还被配置为通过以下方式从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机：如果第一波束赋形方式为集合中存在多个共享信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则从集合中确定与不同波束相关联的多个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在网络设备的多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输的场景中，终端设备与网络设备之间的控制信息的传输可靠性可以得到提升，从而提高终端设备与网络设备之间的通信性能。
可选的，该多个共享信道传输时机的每个传输时机所关联的发送波束互不相同。
在一些实现方式中，多个共享信道传输时机是集合中在时域上编号连续的多个共享信道传输时机；或者多个共享信道传输时机彼此之间的时间间隔小于或者等于预定时长。该多个共享信道传输时机用于承载控制信息。如此，可以确保终端设备与网络设备之间的控制信息传输的时延较小，避免了控制信息无法在预定时间内被接收还同时影响共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输性能。
在一些实现方式中，处理器还被配置为通过以下方式从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机：确定终端设备用于生成控制信息的时间段；基于时间段确定集合的子集， 子集中的共享信道传输时机的起始时间点与终端设备接收到第二调度信息的接收时间点之间的时长大于上述时间段；以及从子集中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，本公开的实施例的该装置可以适应处理能力较低的终端设备，满足其较低处理能力的限制。
在一些实现方式中，处理器还被配置为通过以下方式从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机：如果第一波束赋形方式为集合中的全部共享信道传输时机与相同的波束相关联，则从集合中确定一个共享信道传输时机。如此，在控制信息通过共享信道被传输的情况下，可以尽可能减小控制信息对共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输性能的影响，达到控制信息与数据或其他信息的传输性能的折中。
在一些实现方式中，共享信道传输时机集合是第一集合，上述控制信道传输时机是控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且处理器还被配置为通过以下方式从第一集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机：如果第二波束赋形方式为第二集合中存在多个控制信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则从第一集合中确定多个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在控制信息需要多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输以获得高可靠性时，控制信息通过共享信道的传输可以优先满足控制信息的传输可靠性。
在一些实现方式中，共享信道传输时机集合是第一集合，上述控制信道传输时机是控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且处理器还被配置为通过以下方式从第一集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机：如果第二波束赋形方式为第二集合中的全部控制信道传输时机与相同的波束相关联，则从第一集合中确定一个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在控制信息无需多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输以获得高可靠性时，控制信息通过共享信道的传输可以优先满足共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性。
在一些实现方式中，共享信道传输时机集合是第一集合，上述控制信道传输时机是控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且处理器还被配置为通过以下方式从第一集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机：如果第一波束赋形方式为第一集合中存在多个共享信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，并且第二波束赋形方式为第二集合中存在多个控制信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则从第一集合中确定与不同波束相关联的多个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在控制信息需要多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输以获得高可靠性，并且共享信道将使用多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输时，控制信息通过共享信道的传输可以优先满足控制信息的传输可靠性。
可选的，第一集合为终端设备基于时间段确定的集合中的子集。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机包括多个共享信道传输时机，并且接收器还被配置为通过以下方式接收控制信息：在多个共享信道传输时机中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机均接收与控制信息相对应的多个调制符号。如此，控制信息通过共享信道的多个传输时机的传输可靠性可以提高。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机包括多个共享信道传输时机，并且接收器还被配置为通过以下方式接收控制信息：在多个共享信道传输时机分别接收与控制信息相对应的多个调制符号中的部分调制符号。如此，共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性可以提高。
在一些实现方式中，在多个共享信道传输时机分别发送的调制符号的数量基于多个 共享信道传输时机包括的时频资源的相应数量来确定。以此方式，控制信息的调制符号可以按照传输时机的时频资源数量来分配到各个传输时机，降低了所承载的控制信息对共享信道的时频资源数量较少的传输时机中的数据或其他信息的影响。
在一些实现方式中，波束赋形方式是网络设备通过空间滤波指示信息，或者通过探测(sounding)参考信号指示信息指示的。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机用于承载同一个传输块。可选的，同一个传输块经过至少一个冗余版本取值形成的调制符号分别映射到该至少一个共享信道传输时机上。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机由一个DCI信令调度，即第一调度信息承载于一个DCI信令中。第一调度信息中包括指示至少一个共享信道传输时机的数量信息。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机分别由至少一个DCI信令调度，每个DCI信令分别用于指示一个共享信道传输时机的时域位置。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机和控制信道传输时机位于同一个载波，或者，同一个部分带宽(BWP)上。
在本公开的第五方面，提供了一种终端设备。该终端设备包括处理器和存储器。存储器存储有计算机程序指令。存储器和计算机程序指令被配置为，与处理器一起，使终端设备执行第一方面的方法。
在公开的第六方面，提供了一种网络设备。该网络设备包括处理器和存储器。存储器存储有计算机程序指令。存储器和计算机程序指令被配置为，与处理器一起，使网络设备执行第二方面的方法。
在本公开的第七方面，提供了一种计算机可读介质。该计算机可读介质存储有机器可执行指令。机器可执行指令在被终端设备执行时使终端设备执行第一方面的方法。
在本公开的第八方面，提供了一种计算机可读介质。该计算机可读介质存储有机器可执行指令。机器可执行指令在被网络设备执行时使网络设备执行第二方面的方法。
应当理解，发明内容部分中所描述的内容并非旨在限定本公开的关键或重要特征，亦非用于限制本公开的范围。本公开的其他特征通过以下的描述将变得容易理解。
附图说明
通过参考附图阅读下文的详细描述，本公开的实施例的上述以及其他目的、特征和优点将变得容易理解。在附图中，以示例性而非限制性的方式示出了本公开的若干实施例。
图1示出了根据本公开的实施例的示例通信系统的示意图。
图2示出了根据本公开的实施例的共享信道的示例传输时机集合的示意图。
图3A示出了根据本公开的实施例的控制信道的示例传输时机的示意图。
图3B示出了根据本公开的实施例的控制信道的示例传输时机集合的示意图。
图4示出了根据本公开的实施例的在网络设备与终端设备之间的示例通信过程。
图5示出了根据本公开的实施例的在共享信道的传输时机集合中确定一个或多个传输时机用于传输控制信息的示例。
图6示出了根据本公开的实施例的在共享信道的传输时机集合中确定一个或多个传 输时机用于传输控制信息的另一示例。
图7示出了根据本公开的实施例的在共享信道的传输时机集合中确定一个或多个传输时机用于传输控制信息的另一示例。
图8示出了根据本公开的实施例的在共享信道的传输时机集合中确定一个或多个传输时机用于传输控制信息的另一示例。
图9示出了根据本公开的实施例的在共享信道的传输时机集合中确定一个或多个传输时机用于传输控制信息的另一示例。
图10示出了根据本公开的实施例的在共享信道的传输时机集合中确定一个或多个传输时机用于传输控制信息的另一示例。
图11示出了根据本公开的实施例的在共享信道的传输时机集合中确定一个或多个传输时机用于传输控制信息的另一示例。
图12示出了根据本公开的实施例的在共享信道的传输时机集合中确定一个或多个传输时机用于传输控制信息的另一示例。
图13示出了根据本公开的实施例的在共享信道的传输时机集合中确定一个或多个传输时机用于传输控制信息的另一示例。
图14示出了根据本公开的实施例的用于通信的示例方法的流程图。
图15示出了根据本公开的实施例的用于通信的另一示例方法的流程图。
图16示出了根据本公开的实施例的用于通信的示例装置的框图。
图17示出了根据本公开的实施例的用于通信的另一示例装置的框图。
图18示出了根据本公开的实施例的示例电子设备的框图。
贯穿所有附图，相同或者相似的参考标号被用来表示相同或者相似的组件。
具体实施方式
下文将参考附图中示出的若干示例性实施例来描述本公开的原理和精神。应当理解，描述这些具体的实施例仅是为了使本领域的技术人员能够更好地理解并实现本公开，而并非以任何方式限制本公开的范围。在以下描述和权利要求中，除非另有定义，否则本文中使用的所有技术和科学术语具有与所属领域的普通技术人员通常所理解的含义。
如本文所使用的，术语“包括”及其类似用语应当理解为开放性包含，即“包括但不限于”。术语“基于”应当理解为“至少部分地基于”。术语“一个实施例”或“该实施例”应当理解为“至少一个实施例”。术语“第一”、“第二”等等可以指代不同的或相同的对象，并且仅用于区分所指代的对象，而不暗示所指代的对象的特定空间顺序、时间顺序、重要性顺序，等等。在一些实施例中，取值、过程、所选择的项目、所确定的项目、设备、装置、手段、部件、组件等被称为“最佳”、“最低”、“最高”、“最小”、“最大”，等等。应当理解，这样的描述旨在指示可以在许多可使用的功能选择中进行选择，并且这样的选择不需要在另外的方面或所有方面比其他选择更好、更低、更高、更小、更大或者以其他方式优选。如本文所使用的，术语“确定”可以涵盖各种各样的动作。例如，“确定”可以包括运算、计算、处理、导出、调查、查找(例如，在表格、数据库或另一数据结构中查找)、查明等。此外，“确定”可以包括接收(例如，接收信息)、访问(例如，访问存储器中的数据)等。再者，“确定”可以包括解析、选择、选取、建立等。
本文使用的术语“电路”是指以下的一项或多项：(a)仅硬件电路实现方式(诸如仅模拟和/或数字电路的实现方式)；以及(b)硬件电路和软件的组合，诸如(如果适用)：(i)模拟和/或数字硬件电路与软件/固件的组合，以及(ii)硬件处理器的任何部分与软件(包括一起工作以使装置，诸如通信设备或其他电子设备等，执行各种功能的数字信号处理器、软件和存储器)；以及(c)硬件电路和/或处理器，诸如微处理器或者微处理器的一部分，其要求软件(例如固件)用于操作，但是在不需要软件用于操作时可以没有软件。电路的定义适用于此术语在本申请中(包括权利要求中)的所有使用场景。作为另一示例，在此使用的术语“电路”也覆盖仅硬件电路或处理器(或多个处理器)、或者硬件电路或处理器的一部分、或者随附软件或固件的实现方式。例如，如果适用于特定权利要求元素，术语“电路”还覆盖基带集成电路或处理器集成电路、网络设备、终端设备或其他设备中的类似集成电路。
如本文所使用的，术语“终端设备”或“用户设备”(UE)是指能够与网络设备(例如，基站)或者在彼此之间进行无线通信的任何终端设备。作为示例，终端设备可以包括移动终端(MT)、订户台(SS)、便携式订户台(PSS)、移动台(MS)或者接入终端(AT)，以及车载的上述设备。终端设备可以是任何类型的移动终端、固定终端或便携式终端，包括但不限于：移动手机、站点、单元、设备、多媒体计算机、多媒体平板、互联网节点、通信器、台式计算机、膝上型计算机、笔记本计算机、上网本计算机、平板计算机、个人通信系统(PCS)设备、个人导航设备、个人数字助理(PDA)、音频/视频播放器、数码相机/摄像机、定位设备、电视接收器、无线电广播接收器、电子书设备、游戏设备、智能电表、计量仪或可用于通信的其他设备、或者上述的任何组合。在本公开的上下文中，为论述方便之目的，术语“终端设备”和“用户设备”可以互换使用。
如本文所使用的，术语“网络设备”或“基站”(BS)是指能够提供或托管小区或覆盖范围的设备，终端设备在该小区或覆盖范围中可以执行通信。基站可以表示节点B(NodeB或者NB)、演进型节点B(eNodeB或者eNB)、下一代节点B(gNB)、用于车与外界(V2X)通信的基础设施设备、远程无线电单元(RRU)、发送/接收点(TRP)、射频头(RH)、远程无线电头端(RRH)、中继器、或者低功率节点，诸如微微基站、毫微微基站等。基站的覆盖范围，即能够提供服务的地理区域可以称为小区。在本公开的上下文中，为论述方便之目的，术语“网络设备”和“基站”可以互换使用，并且可能主要以eNB或gNB作为网络设备的示例。在本文中，“网络设备”和“终端设备”都可以被称为通信设备。
如本文所使用的，术语“发送接收点”，“发送/接收点”或“发送和接收点”通常可以指代与终端设备或用户设备通信的站点。然而，发送和接收点在一些场景中也可以被称为不同的术语，诸如基站、小区、节点B、演进型节点B(eNB)、下一代节点B(gNB)、扇区、站、基站收发器系统(BTS)、接入点(AP)、中继节点(RN)、远程无线电头(RRH)、无线电单元(RU)、天线，等等。也就是说，在本公开的上下文中，发送和接收点、基站、或小区可以被解释为包容性概念，其可以表示由码分多址(CDMA)系统中的基站控制器(BSC)、WCDMA系统中的节点B、LTE系统中的eNB或扇区(站点)、NR系统中的gNB或TRP等覆盖的区域或功能的一部分。因此，发送和接收点、基站和/或小区的概念可以包括各种覆盖区域，例如，巨型小区、宏小区、微小区、微微 小区、毫微微小区等。此外，这样的概念可以包括中继节点(RN)、远程无线电头(RRH)、或无线电单元(RU)的通信范围。
在本公开的上下文中，终端设备(或用户设备)和网络设备(基站或发送/接收点)可以是具有包含性含义的两个发送和接收对象，用于体现本文公开的技术和概念，并且不限于特定的术语或用语。此外，终端设备(或用户设备)和网络设备(基站或发送/接收点)可以是具有包含性含义的上行链路或下行链路发送/接收对象，其用于体现本公开的技术内容和技术概念，并且可以不限于特定的术语或用语。如本文中所使用的，上行链路(UL)是指数据或信息从终端设备(或用户设备)发送到网络设备(基站或发送/接收点)的通信链路。此外，下行链路(DL)是指数据或信息从网络设备(基站或发送/接收点)发送到终端设备(或用户设备)的通信链路。如本文所使用的，术语“资源”、“传输资源”、“资源块”、“物理资源块”、“上行资源”或“下行资源”可以指代用于执行通信(诸如终端设备和网络设备之间的通信)的任何资源，例如时域中的资源、频域中的资源、空间域中的资源、代码域中的资源、或实现通信的任何其他资源，等等。在下文中，频域资源和时域资源两者将作为传输资源的示例来描述本公开的一些实施例。但是，应当明白，本公开的实施例也等同地适用于其他域中的其他资源。
如上文提到的，在一些通信场景中，在终端设备与网络设备(或其他终端设备)之间，传统的共享信道和控制信道的传输方案可能无法保证共享信道和控制信道的高传输可靠性和低传输时延，从而导致终端设备与网络设备(或其他终端设备)之间的通信性能下降，进而影响用户体验。具体地，以PUSCH和PUCCH分别作为共享信道和控制信道的示例，在传统的PUSCH和PUCCH的传输方案中，调度的PUSCH传输和PUCCH传输在时域上可能发生重叠，这意味着终端设备需要同时执行这两个信道的传输。然而，终端设备可能不具备同时传输两个信道的能力，或者同时传输两个信道会导致两个信道传输的性能受到严重损失。在这种情况下，终端设备可以采用两种传统的处理方式。一种传统的处理方式是认为PUCCH的重要性高于PUSCH，则两者在时域发生重叠时可以选择传输PUCCH而放弃PUSCH的传输。在这种处理方式下，PUCCH的性能可以得到保证，但是PUSCH的传输时延将急剧增加。另一种传统的折中处理方式试图兼顾PUCCH和PUSCH的传输时延和性能，因此将PUCCH上的上行链路控制信息(UCI)承载于PUSCH上传输并且放弃PUCCH的传输。这种传输方式可以称为在PUSCH上“捎带”UCI。然而，该传统的折中处理方式在PUSCH或PUCCH的时域重复传输的场景中将无法保证UCI的传输可靠性。
PUSCH的时域重复传输是指承载于PUSCH的同一数据块或传输块(transmission block，TB)在多个不同的时间单元上发送多次，该传输块在不同时间单元上的发送可以通过波束赋形(beamforming)技术而采用不同的波束。PUCCH的时域重复传输可以类似于PUSCH的时域重复传输。为了实现波束赋形技术，通信设备可以具有天线阵列，天线阵列中的每个阵元都可以向外辐射能量，而阵元的排列间距通常与用于通信的电磁波的波长、载频等相关。通过调整天线阵列中每个阵元的相位或者幅度，天线阵列所发送的信号的辐射能量图可以被赋形。这里的赋形可以是指将辐射能量图变窄，从而增加能量集中程度以提升信号发送质量，或者调整辐射能量图的方向，从而提升针对某个接收点的信号接收质量。一般而言，波束赋形的目的是为了适配到达不同接收站点的信道，从而不同的接收站点均可以接收到同一信息来执行联合处理。附加地或备选地，在无法 保证信道测量准确的前提下，例如终端设备具有移动速度时，相干时间会变短导致信道测量过期，则终端设备可以采用波束轮询或扫描的方式来增加信号的传输可靠性。上行发送的波束赋形方式可以是网络设备110指示给终端设备120的。具体的，网络设备可以为PUSCH/PUCCH配置空间滤波信息，该空间滤波信息用于指示至少一个参考信号索引值，终端设备120可以通过每个参考信号索引值确定一个发送波束。参考信号可以为探测参考信号SRS，或者为信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS，或者为辅同步块(Secondary synchronization Block，SSB)。终端设备根据指示的参考信号索引值可以推导出发送上行信号采用的发送波束。或者，网络设备可以为PUSCH/PUCCH指示至少一个传输预编码矩阵信息(Transmission Precoding matrix information，TPMI)，每个TPMI对应一个发送波束。
在传统的方案中，当用于捎带UCI的PUSCH采用时域重复传输时，UCI仅承载于多次重复传输中的一次传输上。例如，PUCCH和重复传输的PUSCH在某个时隙内发生时域重叠，则PUCCH中的UCI仅承载于PUSCH的第一次传输上，或者仅承载于一次特定的(例如，时域正交频分复用OFDM符号数最大的)传输上，同时放弃PUCCH的传输。这样，通过提高承载于PUSCH上的UCI的码率，可以在一定程度上确保UCI传输的可靠性。然而，在一些情况下，PUCCH也可能被配置为通过波束赋形而采用不同波束(例如，在不同符号上)执行重复传输。按照传统的方案，当该PUCCH与时域重复传输的PUSCH发生重叠时，与PUCCH相关联的UCI将仅承载于PUSCH的一次传输上。因此，UCI的传输仅采用与PUSCH的一次传输相同的波束而无法获取分集增益。也就是说，这种仅一次的“捎带”方式无法实现UCI的多站点联合处理，或者无法支持波束轮询或扫描来增加UCI的传输可靠性。
鉴于传统方案中存在的上述问题以及其他潜在的问题，尤其是在多站点联合接收的场景中，当控制信息(例如，UCI)需要承载于重复传输的共享信道(例如，PUSCH)上时，为了保证控制信息的传输可靠性，同时兼顾共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性，本公开的实施例提供了一种用于通信的技术方案。在本公开的实施例中，在控制信道的传输时机与共享信道的传输时机集合中的传输时机在时域上重叠时，终端设备可以根据共享信道的波束赋形方式和控制信道的波束赋形方式之一或两者，在共享信道的传输时机集合中确定一个或多个传输时机来传输与控制信道相关联的控制信息。以此方式，终端设备可以在提升控制信息的传输可靠性的同时，还可以兼顾共享信道中的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性，从而改进网络设备与终端设备之间的通信性能。下文将参考附图来详细描述本公开的若干实施例。
图1示出了根据本公开的实施例的示例通信系统100(也可以称为示例通信环境)的示意图。如图1所示，示例通信系统100可以包括网络设备110和115，它们可以与终端设备120通信。在一些实施例中，网络设备110和115可以作为与终端设备120的通信的调度设备，其示例可以包括但不限于LTE系统中的基站eNB、5G NR系统中的基站gNB、运营商设备，等等。网络设备110和115作为调度设备的功能可以包括上行链路资源和下行链路资源的调度和配置等。附加地或备选地，在调度模式下，网络设备110和115可以向终端设备120发送下行链路控制信息(DCI)等控制信息用于调度。在一些实施例中，网络设备110和115也可以作为与终端设备120的通信的收发设备，其示例可以包括但不限于发送接收点(TRP)、或远程射频头(RRH)，等等。网络设备110 和115作为收发设备的功能可以包括下行链路信号的发送和上行链路信号的接收等。终端设备120可以包括各种用户设备(UE)，其功能可以包括下行链路信号或侧行链路信号的接收、上行链路信号或侧行链路信号的发送，等等。
在一些实施例中，为了更好地执行与终端设备120的通信，网络设备110和115之间可以实现多点协同传输，也称为多点协作传输。例如，网络设备110和115两者均可以是宏基站，均可以是微基站，或者一个是宏基站另一个是微基站，从而实现宏基站与宏基站、微基站与微基站、或宏基站与微基站之间的多点协同传输。在网络设备110和115针对终端设备120的多点协同传输中，网络设备110和115可以同时接收终端设备120发送的信号，然后网络设备110和115之一或两者可以对分别从终端设备120接收的信号执行联合处理，以提升接收信号的可靠性，诸如提升接收信号的等效信噪比(SNR)等。为了执行这样的联合处理，网络设备110和115之间可以具有通信链路112(例如，光纤链路)，以在网络设备110和115之间传输分别从终端设备120接收到的信号。应当指出，这里描述的两个网络设备执行协同传输的场景仅是示例性的，无意以任何方式限制本公开的范围。本公开的实施例可以等同地适用于更多网络设备执行协同传输的场景，以及它们的任何衍生场景。在下文中，将以网络设备110与终端设备120进行通信为例来描述一些实施例，但是将理解，本公开的实施例中所涉及的网络设备的操作中的全部或部分也可以在网络设备115处执行。
在其他实施例中，网络设备110和115也可以是另一网络设备117的两个发送接收点(TRP)或远程射频头(RRH)等。在这些实施例中，网络设备110和115分别从终端设备120接收的信号可以被传输到网络设备117并且集中在网络设备117处执行联合处理，以提升接收信号的可靠性，诸如提升接收信号的等效信噪比(SNR)等。为了实现这样的联合处理，网络设备110和115与网络设备117之间可以分别具有通信链路114和116(例如，光纤链路)，以在网络设备110和115与网络设备117之间传输从终端设备120接收到的信号。因此，在网络设备117具有多TRP的该场景中，网络设备110和115的操作也可以视为网络设备117的操作。此外，应当指出，这里描述的两个TRP的场景仅是示例性的，无意以任何方式限制本公开的范围。本公开的实施例可以等同地适用于单TRP或多TRP的场景，以及它们的任何衍生场景。在下文中，将以网络设备110与终端设备120进行通信为例来描述一些实施例，但是将理解，本公开的实施例中所涉及的网络设备的操作中的全部或部分也可以认为是由网络设备117执行的。
一般地，网络设备110和115与终端设备120之间可以传输任何数据或信息，这些数据或信息可以通过各种各样的信道来承载。例如，网络设备110与终端设备120之间可以传送共享信道140，其可以用于承载数据或其他信息(诸如控制信息等)。又例如，网络设备110与终端设备120之间可以传送控制信道150，其可以用于承载控制信息。在本公开的上下文中，数据可以是指网络设备与终端设备之间要传输的通信信息或通信内容本身，而控制信息可以是指用于辅助传输通信信息或通信内容的信息。此外，数据和控制信息的定义和内涵可以参考已有的或未来开发的通信标准或协议来确定，例如，3GPP通信标准等。附加地或备选地，网络设备115与终端设备120之间也可以传送共享信道140和控制信道150。在一些实施例中，共享信道140可以是由终端设备120发送给网络设备110或115的PUSCH，而控制信道150可以是由终端设备120发送给网络设备110或115的PUCCH。PUSCH和PUCCH的具体定义和详情可以参考3GPP通信标准 的相关定义。需要指出的是，本公开的实施例中的共享信道140和控制信道150也意图为分别覆盖在未来开发的通信标准或协议中定义的用于承载数据(或其他信息)的信道以及用于承载控制信息的信道。
在控制信道150是PUCCH的情况下，控制信道150上承载的控制信息可以称为上行链路控制信息(uplink control information，UCI)。一般地，UCI是指可以承载于上行链路信道(例如，PUCCH或PUSCH)上的控制信息，也即，由终端设备120生成UCI然后发送给网络设备110。在一些实施例中，控制信道150上承载的控制信息(例如，UCI)可以包括调度请求(scheduling request，SR)、混合自动重传请求确认(hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement，HARQ-ACK)、信道状态信息(channel state information，CSI)，等等。终端设备120可以使用调度请求来向网络设备110请求分配用于传输数据的物理资源。终端设备120可以使用HARQ-ACK来指示网络设备110向终端设备120发送的下行链路数据是否被正确接收。如果终端设备120正确接收到下行链路数据，则终端设备120可以向网络设备110反馈ACK。反之，如果终端设备120没有正确接收到下行链路数据，则终端设备120可以向网络设备110反馈NACK。信道状态信息是终端设备120通过下行信道测量确定的信道状态信息，包括秩(RANK)、预编码矩阵指示(PMI)、信道质量指示(CQI)等信息。
由于PUCCH一般用于承载较为重要的上行链路控制信息，所以PUCCH可以被设计为保证较低的误码率。为此，在一些实施例中，提供了多种PUCCH格式来适配不同的传输场景。这些PUCCH格式包括但不限于PUCCH格式0(也简称为PF0)、PUCCH格式2(也简称为PF2)、PUCCH格式1/3/4(也简称为PF1/3/4)等。PUCCH格式0是一种承载1-2比特的短PUCCH格式，短格式是指PUCCH在时域上可以占用1-2个正交频分复用(OFDM)符号，承载1-2比特可以是指HARQ-ACK的信息比特数量。该格式的PUCCH在频域上可以占用1个资源块(RB)，即12个子载波。在一些实施例中，HARQ-ACK信息可以在该PUCCH上以序列的形式传输。例如，该序列可以是12长低峰均功率比(peak to average power ratio，PAPR)序列。在终端设备120处，基序列集合在经过特定的调制(例如，正交相移键控QPSK调制)之后生成调制后的序列。调制后的序列在经过特定操作(例如，循环移位CS)之后生成循环移位后的序列。采用不同循环移位取值的序列可以对应不同的HARQ-ACK信息。
在PUCCH格式0的接收侧，网络设备110可以通过将接收到的信号与基序列的不同循环移位操作执行相关性检测，从而确定终端设备120发送的HARQ-ACK信息。当PUCCH格式0占用两个OFDM符号时，这两个OFDM符号上承载的信息可以是相同的，也即，相同基序列被施加相同的CS值承载于这两个OFDM符号上。这样做的目的在于，两个OFDM符号上的信道可以认为近似相同，从而等价于提升了接收信噪比。在一些实施例中，第2个OFDM符号占用的物理资源块(Physical Resource Block，PRB)可以不同于第1个OFDM符号，这可以称为跳频。跳频方式可以获取频率分集增益，即同一个信息比特可以在不同频率上发送，并且接收端可以获取经历不同频域信道的两份相同信息比特，然后执行合并处理。备选地，在跳频的情况下，第2个OFDM符号上的信号发送所采用的物理天线或波束赋形方式可以与第1个符号不同，从而进一步获取空间分集增益并且使得波束赋形方式适配不同的频域信道。
PUCCH格式2是一种承载多于2比特的短PUCCH格式。该PUCCH格式的PUCCH 在频域上可以占用1-16个资源块。在该PUCCH上HARQ-ACK信息在经过编码调制之后可以形成调制符号映射到PUCCH资源上。这些PUCCH资源中的某些特定的资源元素(RE)上可以映射解调参考信号(DMRS)，用于PUCCH的信道估计。当PUCCH格式2占用两个OFDM符号时，这两个OFDM符号上承载的信息也可以是相同的，也即，信息比特经过相同编码调制后分别映射于两个符号上。与PUCCH格式0相同，PUCCH格式2也可以支持第2个符号的跳频并采用不同的波束赋形方式。
PUCCH格式1/3/4是一种长PUCCH格式，长格式可以是指PUCCH在时域上占用较多的OFDM符号，例如4-14个OFDM符号。例如，PUCCH格式1可以承载1-2个HARQ-ACK的信息比特。DMRS和UCI可以交替承载于连续的OFDM符号上，不同OFDM符号上的UCI信息可以相同，但可以采用不同的正交覆盖码(OCC码)用于多用户(MU)。例如，奇数符号位置可以承载相同的UCI信息比特，不同符号上的UCI信息比特可以经过特定的OCC码处理，从而构成码域上的多个正交资源。PUCCH格式3/4可以用于单载波波形下的UCI传输。PUCCH中的特定符号上可以承载DMRS，其余符号可以承载UCI。PUCCH格式1/3/4也可以支持跳频传输，同一次跳频中多个符号上的信道是可推导的，也即采用相同的天线端口发送，这可以理解为采用相同的物理天线并且采用相同的波束赋形。而不同跳频中的信道是不可推导的，也即终端设备120可以采用不同的天线端口发送。这可以理解为采用不同的物理天线或者采用不同的波束赋形。不同跳频上承载的控制信息可以是相同的，也可以是不同的。
如上文提到的，网络设备110和115可以采用多站点协同传输技术来提升针对终端设备12的上行接收质量，例如，共享信道140或控制信道150的上行接收质量。具体的，对于终端设备120发送的共享信道140(例如，PUSCH)或控制信道150(例如，PUCCH)，网络设备110和115可以作为多站点同时接收。通过对接收的共享信道140或控制信道150执行联合处理可以提升共享信道140或控制信道150的接收可靠性，例如可以提升接收共享信道140或控制信道150的等效SNR等。在一些实施例中，终端设备120可以具有波束赋形的能力。例如，终端设备120可以使用不同的波束向位于不同方向和位置的网络设备或其他终端设备发送信号。如图1中描绘的，终端设备120可以生成波束122、124、126等波束来发送各种信号，例如，共享信道140和160以及控制信道150和170，等等。在一些实施例中，波束122和124可以是指向性较高的波束，其中波束122可以指向网络设备110，而波束124可以指向网络设备115。相比之下，波束126可以是覆盖范围较宽的波束，例如其可以用于覆盖网络设备110和115两者。在共享信道140和160或控制信道150和170的每次传输中，终端设备120可以选择性地采用一个或多个波束。在一些实施例中，终端设备120的各个波束可以具有波束索引，网络设备110可以在与终端设备120的通信过程中使用波束索引来指示终端设备使用对应的波束。应当理解，尽管图1中示意性地描绘了终端设备120的特定数目和特定形状的波束，但是这样的描绘仅是示意性的，无意以任何方式限制本公开的范围。在其他实施例中，终端设备120可以通过波束赋形技术形成任何数目和任何形状的波束用于执行信号传送。应理解，这里的波束赋形可以是模拟域上不同天线组上通过移相器加不同相位形成指向性波束，也可以是数字域上不同天线阵子加不同相位形成指向性波束，也可以是二者的结合。
需要说明的是，终端设备120在确定发送波束赋形方式或者天线时，有多种策略可以提升信号发送质量。例如，终端设备120可以采用不同的发送波束赋形方式(或波束) 来匹配通向不同站点的信道，并且在不同的物理资源上采用上述不同的发送波束赋形方式(或波束)。又例如，终端设备120还可以根据到不同站点的多个信道来联合确定出不同频域资源上的最优波束赋形，然后在不同频域资源上分别采用最优波束赋形来发送信号。以PUCCH格式0为例，终端设备120可以在PUCCH格式0的第1个符号上采用波束122向网络设备110发送UCI，而在第2个符号上采用波束124向网络设备115发送相同的UCI。在接收侧，网络设备110可以接收到波束122，而网络设备115可以接收到波束124，从而网络设备110和115可以对接收信号执行联合处理以确定PUCCH格式0中的指示信息。另外，还是以PUCCH格式0为例，符号1和符号2上可以承载相同的UCI，但可以占用不同的资源块，从而产生跳频效果，并且这两个符号上采用的波束可以不同。该方式也可以获取频率分集增益。
需要指出的是，尽管本文中使用PUSCH和PUCCH为例描述了一些实施例，但是这些实施例也可以等同地适用于由网络设备110发送给终端设备120的PDSCH和PDCCH。另外，如图1所示，终端设备120还可以与终端设备130执行侧行链路(sidelink)通信，也即设备到设备(D2D)通信。例如，终端设备120与终端设备130之间可以传输PSSCH 160和PSCCH 170。PSSCH 160可以用于承载侧行链路数据或其他信息(诸如控制信息)，而PSCCH 170可以用于承载侧行链路控制信息。PSSCH 160和PSCCH 170的定义和详情可以参考相关通信标准或协议，例如3GPP标准。但是，本公开的实施例也等同地适用于未来开发的通信标准中定义的侧行链路通信信道。还需要指出的是，下文参考网络设备110或115与终端设备120之间的共享信道140和控制信道150为例描述了一些实施例，但是这些实施例也可以适用于终端设备120与一个或多个其他终端设备(例如，终端设备130)之间的共享信道160和控制信道170。
在一些实施例中，网络设备110与终端设备120之间的共享信道140可以支持时域重复传输。下文参考图2来简单地描述用于共享信道140的时域重复传输的传输时机集合。需要说明的是，尽管在共享信道140的时域重复传输的场景中描述了本公开的一些实施例，但是本公开的实施例也可以适用于共享信道140在时域中仅传输一次的场景，也即，共享信道140仅具有一个传输时机。如本文中使用的，“传输时机(transmission occasion)”可以一般地指代各种信号或信道(例如，共享信道140和控制信道150等)的某一次传输，其可以对应于用于该次传输的资源，诸如时频资源等。此外，传输时机的其他定义或技术含义还可以参考已有的或未来开发的相关通信标准或协议(例如，3GPP协议)来确定。图2示出了根据本公开的实施例的共享信道140的示例传输时机集合210的示意图。在图2中，横轴可以表示时间，也即时域资源，而纵轴可以表示频率，也即频域资源。终端设备120可以在传输时机集合210中的传输时机210-1至210-4处向网络设备110传输共享信道140，也就是在时域上向网络设备110多次传输共享信道140，从而提高共享信道140的传输可靠性。这也被称为共享信道140的时域重复传输。传输时机210-1至210-4中的每个可以表示本次用于传输共享信道140的时频资源。
在图2的示例中，传输时机集合210中的传输时机210-1至210-4被描绘为在频域上占用相同且连续的频域资源。但是，在其他实施例中，传输时机集合210中的一个或多个传输时机也可以占用不同的频域资源，或者占用不连续的频率资源。此外，在一些实施例中，传输时机集合210中的一个或多个传输时机在频域上可以占用与其他传输时机不同数目的频域资源。另外，在图2的示例中，传输时机集合210中的传输时机210-1 至210-4被描绘为在时域上具有相同的间隔。但是，在其他实施例中，传输时机集合210中的两个或更多个传输时机在时域上也可以是无间隔的，或者多个传输时机在时域上可以具有不同的间隔。再者，在图2的示例中，传输时机集合210中的传输时机210-1至210-4被描绘为在时域上占用相同数目(也即，相同时长)且连续的时域资源。但是，在其他实施例中，传输时机集合210中的一个或多个传输时机也可以占用不同数目的时域资源，或者占用不连续的时域资源。
在一些实施例中，为了保证共享信道140的较低传输时延以满足例如5G中的极可靠低时延通信(Ultra Reliable Low Latency Communications，URLLC)场景的需求，用于共享信道140的时域重复传输的时间单元可以是子时隙(sub-slot)级别的。例如，在图2的示例中，时隙250中可以存在两个传输时机210-1和210-2，并且时隙260中也可以存在两个传输时机210-3和210-4。当然，本公开不限于此，在其他实施例中，一个时隙中也可以存在更多或更少的传输时机。如本文中使用的，“时隙”可以是指为了促进描述或协调通信设备之间的通信而定义的“时间单元”。具体地，时隙的其他相关定义和详情可以在已有的或将来开发的通信标准或协议(例如，3GPP标准)中找到。更一般地，本文使用的术语“时隙”也可以是指任何已有定义的时间单位或将来要定义的任何时间单位。另外，在一些实施例中，在不同时间单元(例如，时隙250和时隙260)传输的同一个传输块可以采用不同的冗余版本(RV)作为读取终端设备120的环形缓存器的起始值。换言之，同一个信息比特串经过调制编码后形成的同一个传输块可以分别采用不同的RV值作为起始值，经过终端设备120的环形缓存器做比特映射操作后形成待发送的信息比特。这些信息比特可以映射到不同的子时隙内。例如，在图2的示例中，一个时隙250内可以进行两次重复传输210-1和210-2，在承载同一个传输块的两个时间单元210-1和210-2内，终端设备120可以分别采用不同的波束赋形方式而适配于到达不同站点(例如，网络设备110和115)的信道，或者采用波束轮询或扫描的方式来增加传输可靠性。
在一些实施例中，网络设备110与终端设备120之间的控制信道150可以不执行时域重复传输，也即，在时域上仅发送一次。下文参考图3A来简单地描述无时域重复传输时用于控制信道150的传输时机。图3A示出了根据本公开的实施例的控制信道150的示例传输时机310的示意图。在图3A中，横轴可以表示时间，也即时域资源，而纵轴可以表示频率，也即频域资源。如所示出的，终端设备120可以在传输时机310处向网络设备110传输控制信道150。在图3的示例中，传输时机310被描绘为在时域和频域上占用相同且连续的时域资源和频域资源。但是，本公开不限于此，在其他实施例中，传输时机310也可以占用不连续的时域资源和不连续的频域资源。
在其他实施例中，与共享信道140的时域重复传输类似，网络设备110与终端设备120之间的控制信道150也可以支持时域重复传输。例如，PUCCH格式0可以在不同符号上采用不同的波束重复传输。又例如，PUCCH格式1/3/4也可以支持在1个时隙内执行时域重复传输。此外，其他PUCCH格式也可以类似地执行时域重复传输。下文参考图3B来简单地描述用于控制信道150的时域重复传输的传输时机集合。图3B示出了根据本公开的实施例的控制信道150的示例传输时机集合350的示意图。在图3B中，横轴可以表示时间，也即时域资源，而纵轴可以表示频率，也即频域资源。终端设备120可以在传输时机集合350中的传输时机350-1至350-4处向网络设备110传输控制信道150， 也就是在时域上向网络设备110多次传输控制信道150，从而提高控制信道150的传输可靠性。这也被称为控制信道150的时域重复传输。传输时机350-1至350-4中的每个可以表示本次用于传输控制信道150的时频资源。
在图3B的示例中，传输时机集合350中的传输时机350-1至350-4被描绘为在频域上占用相同且连续的频域资源。但是，在其他实施例中，传输时机集合350中的一个或多个传输时机也可以占用不同的频域资源，或者占用不连续的频率资源。此外，在一些实施例中，传输时机集合350中的一个或多个传输时机在频域上可以占用与其他传输时机不同数目的频域资源。另外，在图3B的示例中，传输时机集合350中的传输时机350-1至350-4被描绘为在时域上具有相同的间隔。但是，在其他实施例中，传输时机集合350中的两个或更多个传输时机在时域上也可以是无间隔的，或者多个传输时机在时域上可以具有不同的间隔。再者，在图3B的示例中，传输时机集合350中的传输时机350-1至350-4被描绘为在时域上占用相同数目(也即，相同时长)且连续的时域资源。但是，在其他实施例中，传输时机集合350中的一个或多个传输时机也可以占用不同数目的时域资源，或者占用不连续的时域资源。
在一些实施例中，为了保证控制信道150的较低传输时延，用于控制信道150的时域重复传输中的时间单元可以是子时隙级别的，也即在1个时隙内执行控制信道150的时域重复传输。作为示例，在一种重复传输方式中，1个时隙可以被划分为多个子时隙，每次重复传输可以在每个子时隙中相同的时域位置上发送。例如，在图3B的示例中，时隙360中可以存在四个传输时机350-1至350-4，每个传输时机可以在一个子时隙内的相同时域位置。例如，传输时机350-1可以在子时隙360-1内，而传输时机350-2至350-4可以在对应子时隙的相同位置处。在另一种重复传输方式中，网络设备110可以向终端设备120指示第一次传输的时域位置，而后续的每次重复传输与第一次传输连续或者间隔若干个符号排列，并且时域长度相同。尽管图3B中的时隙360中存在四个传输时机，但是在其他实施例中，一个时隙(例如，时隙360)中也可以存在更多或更少的传输时机。还需要说明的是，在一些实施例中，这里参考图3B描述的控制信道150的时域重复传输方式也可以应用到共享信道140的时域重复传输中。
应当理解，图1、图2、图3A和图3B仅示意性地示出了示例通信系统100中的与本公开的实施例相关的设备、单元、元素或信息。在实践中，示例通信系统100还可以包括用于其他功能的其他设备、单元、元素或信息。此外，如图1、图2、图3A和图3B所示的特定数目的终端设备、特定数目的网络设备、特定数目的信道、特定数目的波束和特定数目的传输时机仅出于说明的目的，无意以任何方式限制本公开的范围。示例通信环境100可以包括适于实现本公开的实施例的任何合适数目的终端设备，任何合适数目的网络设备、任何合适数目的其他通信设备、任何合适数目的信道、以及任何合适数目的波束等，共享信道140和控制信道150也可以具有任何适当数目的传输时机。另外，将意识到，在所有通信设备之间可以存在各种无线通信以及有线通信(如果需要)。因此，本公开的实施例不限于图1、图2、图3A和图3B所描绘的具体设备、单元、元素或信息，而是一般性地适用于终端设备与网络设备之间存在信号传输的任何技术环境。
例如，本公开的实施例可以适用于5G中的URLLC传输场景，该场景的特点为用户面和控制面的低时延，例如用户面的时延可以低至1ms，并且传输的可靠性高，例如误块率(block error rate，BLER)在特定SNR下可以达到10-5。本公开的实施例对于同 构网络与异构网络的场景均适用，并且对频分双工(FDD)系统和时分双工(TDD)系统均适用。本公开的实施例适用于低频场景(6G以下)，也适用于高频场景(6G以上)。本公开的实施例适用于4G、5G或未来的移动通信系统。更一般地，示例通信环境100中的通信可以符合任何适当的标准，包括但不限于全球移动通信系统(GSM)、移动物联网的扩展覆盖全球系统(EC-GSM-IoT)、长期演进(LTE)、LTE演进、高级LTE(LTE-A)、宽带码分多址(WCDMA)、码分多址(CDMA)、GSM EDGE无线电接入网(GERAN)等。此外，示例通信环境100中的通信可以根据当前已知或将来要开发的任何通信协议来执行。通信协议的示例包括但不限于第一代(1G)、第二代(2G)、2.5G、2.75G、第三代(3G)、第四代(4G)、4.5G、第五代(5G)通信协议。下文参考图4来描述本公开的实施例的用于通信的方法。
图4示出了根据本公开的实施例的在网络设备110与终端设备120之间的示例通信过程400。为了论述的目的，将参考图1、图2、图3A和图3B中示出的各种元素来描述示例通信过程400。然而，应当明白，示例通信过程400也可以在任何其他通信场景中的任何两个通信设备之间执行。
如图4所示，为了调度终端设备120向网络设备110传输承载数据或其他信息(诸如控制信息)的共享信道140，网络设备110可以向终端设备120发送(410)共享信道140的调度信息405。也就是说，网络设备110可以使用调度信息405来调度终端设备120在共享信道140上向网络设备110传输数据或其他信息(诸如控制信息)。在本文中，为了描述的简便，共享信道140的调度信息405也可以被称为第一调度信息405。对应地，在示例通信过程400的另一侧，终端设备120可以从网络设备110接收(420)共享信道140的第一调度信息405。
在一些实施例中，第一调度信息405可以通过高层信令来发送。例如，高层信令可以包括无线电资源控制(RRC)消息、介质接入控制(MAC)控制元素(CE)消息、或其他高层信令，等等。在其他实施例中，第一调度信息405也可以通过下行链路控制信息(DCI)来发送。例如，网络设备110可以使用PDCCH来承载发送给终端设备120的DCI信息。在另外的实施例中，第一调度信息405也可以使用RRC消息、MAC CE消息、DCI信息中的两者或更多的组合来发送。更一般地，第一调度信息405可以通过符合已有的或未来开发的通信标准或协议(例如，3GPP协议标准)中规定的任何消息或信息形式来发送。
为了使终端设备120能够执行共享信道140的传输，第一调度信息405中可以指示用于传输共享信道140的资源。在一些实施例中，诸如在共享信道140的重复传输的场景中，网络设备110可以通过第一调度信息405来指示终端设备120执行共享信道140的重复传输。如上文描述的，在共享信道140的重复传输的情况下，共享信道140将具有传输时机集合，传输时机集合中的每个传输时机可以与某个传输资源集合(例如，时频资源集合)相关联。例如，在图2的示例中，传输时机集合210可以包括传输时机210-1至210-4。因此，网络设备110发送的第一调度信息405可以向终端设备120指示共享信道140的传输时机集合210，也即传输时机210-1至210-4，从而指示共享信道140的时域重复传输。因此，在接收到第一调度信息405之后，终端设备120可以确定共享信道140将在这些传输时机210-1至210-4处传输，也即时域重复传输。在本文中，为了描述的简便，共享信道140的传输时机集合210也可以被称为第一集合210。
在一些实施例中，多次重复传输的PUSCH可以由一个DCI信令调度。例如，该DCI信令指示首次重复传输的PUSCH的传输时机所占的时域位置并指示重复传输次数，也就是传输时机的数量，终端设备根据既定规则推导出除首次重复传输之外其余重复传输所占的时域位置。进一步的，该DCI信令还指示首次重复传输的PUSCH采用的RV值，终端设备根据既定规则推导出除首次重复传输之外其余重复传输采用的RV值。
在另一种实施例中，多次重复传输的PUSCH可以由多个DCI信令调度。例如，每个DCI信令指示一次重复传输的PUSCH的传输时机所占的时域位置，并且多个DCI信令会共同告知终端设备调度同一个数据块TB。
另外，如果终端设备120具有波束赋形的能力，则终端设备120在不同的传输时机发送共享信道140时还可以使用不同的波束，并且在一个传输时机发送共享信道140时也可以使用不同的波束，所以网络设备110还可以在第一调度信息405中向终端设备120指示共享信道140的波束赋形方式。如本文中使用的，“波束赋形方式”可以是指通信设备在发送或接收信号时所采用的波束配置，也可以是使用哪个波束或哪些波束来发送或接收信号。更一般地，“波束赋形方式”可以包括与波束相关联的任何配置，并且可以与“波束配置”或“波束赋形配置”互换使用。在本文中，为了描述的简便，共享信道140的波束赋形方式也可以称为第一波束赋形方式。
作为共享信道140的第一波束赋形方式的一种示例，共享信道140的传输时机210-1至210-4可以与不同的波束相关联。例如，传输时机210-1和210-3可以与波束122相关联，而传输时机210-2和210-4可以与波束124相关联。应当明白，这里的传输时机与波束的特定关联关系仅是示例性的，无意以任何方式限制本公开的范围。本公开的实施例等同地适用于共享信道140的传输时机与终端设备120的可用波束之间的任何关联关系。在一些实施例中，共享信道140的一个传输时机可能与多个波束相关联，而另一传输时机可能仅与一个波束相关联。在这种情况下，这两个传输时机可以认为与不同的波束相关联。例如，假定传输时机210-1与波束122和124两者相关联，而传输时机210-2仅与波束122相关联，则传输时机210-1和201-2被认为与不同的波束相关联。此外，在一些实施例中，共享信道140的一个传输时机可能与多个波束相关联，而另一传输时机可能与多个波束相关联，但这两个传输时机的波束不完全相同。在这种情况下，这两个传输时机可以认为与不同的波束相关联。例如，假定传输时机210-1与波束122和124两者相关联，而传输时机210-2与波束122和126相关联，则传输时机210-1和201-2被认为与不同的波束相关联。
作为共享信道140的波束赋形方式的另一种示例，共享信道140的传输时机210-1至210-4可能与相同的波束相关联。需要说明的是，如本文中使用的，“相同的波束”可能是指相同的一个波束，也可能是指相同的多个波束。例如，假设传输时机210-1和210-2均与波束122相关联，则传输时机210-1和210-2被认为与相同的波束相关联。又例如，假设传输时机210-1和210-2均与波束122和124两者相关联，则传输时机210-1和210-2也被认为与相同的波束相关联，此时，不同波束可以对应同一个时频资源上的不同传输层。
在一些实施例中，当多次重复传输的PUSCH由一个DCI信令调度时，该DCI信令可以指示多个发送波束，每个发送波束对应一个或者多个传输时机，不同发送波束对应的传输时机不同。具体的，DCI信令中可以包括空间滤波信息指示字段，该字段可以用 于指示多个参考信号索引值，终端设备根据每个参考信号索引值可以推导得到一个发送波束信息。可选的，该DCI信令中可以包括传输预编码矩阵指示字段(Transmission Precoding matrix information，TPMI)，该字段可以用于指示多个TPMI，每个TPMI可以理解为一个发送波束信息。TPMI用于指示发送端多天线发送信号所采用的相位信息，通常以矩阵形式表示，矩阵的行对应每个发送天线，矩阵的列对应不同的传输层，每个矩阵元素为相应发送天线在发送相应传输层时的相位。
在另一些实施例中，当多次重复传输的PUSCH由多个DCI信令调度时，每个DCI信令可以指示一个发送波束并对应一个传输时机。具体的，DCI信令中可以包括空间滤波信息指示字段，该字段可以用于指示一个参考信号索引值，终端设备根据该参考信号索引值可以推导得到一个发送波束信息。
除了第一调度信息405之外，为了调度终端设备120向网络设备110传输承载控制信息425的控制信道150，网络设备110可以向终端设备120发送(430)控制信道150的调度信息415。也就是说，网络设备110可以使用调度信息415来调度终端设备120在控制信道150上向网络设备110传输控制信息425。在本文中，为了描述的简便，控制信道150的调度信息415也可以被称为第二调度信息415。对应地，在示例通信过程400的另一侧，终端设备120可以从网络设备110接收(440)控制信道150的第二调度信息415。在一些实施例中，第二调度信息415可以通过高层信令来发送。例如，高层信令可以包括RRC消息、MAC CE消息、或其他高层信令，等等。在其他实施例中，第二调度信息415也可以通过DCI信息来发送。在另外的实施例中，第二调度信息415也可以使用RRC消息、MAC CE消息、DCI信息中的两者或更多的组合来发送。更一般地，第二调度信息415可以通过符合已有的或未来开发的通信标准或协议(例如，3GPP协议标准)中规定的任何消息或信息形式来发送。为了使终端设备120能够执行控制信道150的传输，第二调度信息415中可以指示用于传输控制信道150的资源。在一些实施例中，控制信道150可以被配置为在时域上仅被传输一次。例如，在图3A的示例中，控制信道150可以具有一个传输时机310，其可以与某个传输资源集合(例如，时频资源集合)相关联。因此，网络设备110发送的第二调度信息415可以向终端设备120指示控制信道150的传输时机310。在接收到第二调度信息415之后，终端设备120可以确定控制信道150将在传输时机310处传输给网路设备110。
在一些实施例中，诸如在控制信道150的重复传输的场景中，网络设备110可以通过第二调度信息415来指示终端设备120执行控制信道150的重复传输。如上文描述的，在控制信道150的重复传输的情况下，控制信道150将具有传输时机集合，传输时机集合中的每个传输时机可以与某个传输资源集合(例如，时频资源集合)相关联。例如，在图3B的示例中，传输时机集合350可以包括传输时机350-1至350-4。因此，网络设备110发送的第二调度信息415可以向终端设备120指示控制信道150的传输时机集合350，也即传输时机350-1至350-4，从而指示控制信道150的时域重复传输。因此，在接收到第二调度信息415之后，终端设备120可以确定控制信道150将在这些传输时机350-1至350-4处传输，也即时域重复传输。在本文中，为了描述的简便，控制信道150的传输时机集合350也可以被称为第二集合350。需要指出的是，本公开的实施例等同地适用于控制信道150具有一个传输时机310和传输时机集合350这两种情况。在下文中，将以控制信道150的一个传输时机310为例来描述一些实施例。但是，应当理解， 在这些实施例中，传输时机310也可以等同地替换为传输时机集合350中的任何一个传输时机。
在一些实施例中，网络设备110可以配置PUCCH时域重复传输的传输时机的数量。具体的，可以通过配置PUCCH占用的OFDM符号数量指示，或者，通过配置开启PUCCH的跳频模式来指示，或者，直接配置该数量。
另外，如果终端设备120具有波束赋形的能力，则终端设备120在不同的传输时机发送控制信道150时可以使用不同的波束，并且在一个传输时机传输控制信道150时也可以使用不同的波束，所以网络设备110还可以在第二调度信息415中向终端设备120指示控制信道150的波束赋形方式。需要指出的是，在一些实施例中，第二调度信息415可以指示控制信道150的传输时机和波束赋形方式之一。在另一些实施例中，第二调度信息415也可以指示控制信道150的传输时机和波束赋形方式两者。在本文中，为了描述的简便，控制信道150的波束赋形方式也可以称为第二波束赋形方式。作为控制信道150的第二波束赋形方式的一种示例，在控制信道150仅存在一个传输时机310的情况下，第二波束赋形方式可以指示与传输时机310相关联的波束。例如，第二波束赋形方式可以指示传输时机310与波束122、124、126等波束之一相关联。又例如，第二波束赋形方式也可以指示传输时机310与波束122、124、126等波束中的两个或更多个波束相关联，也即，终端设备120可以在传输时机310同时使用多个波束来传输控制信道150。
作为控制信道150的第二波束赋形方式的另一种示例，在控制信道150具有传输时机集合350的情况下，控制信道150的传输时机350-1至350-4可能与不同的波束相关联。例如，传输时机350-1和350-3可能与波束122相关联，而传输时机350-2和350-4可能与波束124相关联。应当明白，这里的传输时机与波束的特定关联关系仅是示例性的，无意以任何方式限制本公开的范围。本公开的实施例等同地适用于控制信道150的传输时机与终端设备120的可用波束之间的任何关联关系。在一些实施例中，控制信道150的一个传输时机可能与多个波束相关联，而另一传输时机可能仅与一个波束相关联。在这种情况下，这两个传输时机可以认为是与不同的波束相关联。例如，假定传输时机350-1与波束122和124两者相关联，而传输时机350-2仅与波束122相关联，则传输时机350-1和350-2被认为与不同的波束相关联。此外，在一些实施例中，控制信道150的一个传输时机可能与多个波束相关联，而另一传输时机可能与多个波束相关联，但这两个传输时机的波束不完全相同。在这种情况下，这两个传输时机可以认为与不同的波束相关联。例如，假定传输时机350-1与波束122和124两者相关联，而传输时机350-2与波束122和126相关联，则传输时机350-1和350-2被认为与不同的波束相关联。
作为控制信道150的第二波束赋形方式的再一种示例，在控制信道150具有传输时机集合350的情况下，控制信道150的传输时机350-1至350-4可能与相同的波束相关联。需要说明的是，如上文指出的，“相同的波束”可能是指相同的一个波束，也可能是指相同的多个波束。例如，假设传输时机350-1和350-2均与波束122相关联，则传输时机350-1和350-2被认为与相同的波束相关联。又例如，假设传输时机350-1和350-2均与波束122和124两者相关联，则传输时机350-1和350-2也被认为与相同的波束相关联。在一些实施例中，第二调度信息可以仅指示控制信道150的物理资源，而不指示控制信道150的波束赋形方式。
在一些情况下，终端设备120可能不具备同时传输共享信道140和控制信道150的 能力，或者共享信道140和控制信道150的同时传输可能导致两个信道的传输性能降低，而影响网络设备110与终端设备120之间的通信性能。因此，在从网络设备110接收到第一调度信息405和第二调度信息415之后，终端设备120可以确定控制信道150的传输时机310是否与第一集合210中的传输时机210-1至210-4具有重叠的时域资源，也即，传输时机310是否与传输时机210-1至210-4在时域上重叠。例如，在共享信道140为PUSCH并且控制信道150未PUCCH的情况下，终端设备120可以确定PUSCH的传输时机和PUCCH的传输时机是否存在至少一个OFDM符号是重叠的。网络设备110调度的控制信道150的传输时机310与共享信道140的传输时机的第一集合210在时域上发生重叠可能有多种原因。例如，共享信道140和控制信道150之一可能被调度为周期性传输，而另一个可能是非周期(或临时)调度的。又例如，控制信道150和共享信道140可能在相隔较久的两个时间被调度，所以导致调度的传输时机310和第一集合210在时域上重叠。再例如，控制信道150的传输时机310和共享信道140的传输时机的第一集合210之一或两者可能临时被修改而导致重叠，等等。如果传输时机310和第一集合210存在时域重叠，则意味着终端设备120需要在某个时间处同时执行共享信道140的传输和控制信道150的传输。需要说明的是，这里的“重叠”可以是传输时机310与传输时机210-1至210-4之一重叠，也可能是与传输时机210-1至210-4中的多个传输时机重叠。此外，如本文中使用的，两个传输时机具有“重叠”的时域资源或者在时域上“重叠”是指两个传输时机具有至少部分重叠的时域资源，而不要求也不排除两个传输时机具有完全相同的时域资源。
如果终端设备120确定传输时机310与传输时机210-1至210-4在时域上重叠，则终端设备120可以选择放弃传输控制信道150，而是在共享信道140的传输时机210-1至210-4中选择一个或多个传输时机来发送将要在控制信道150上发送的控制信息425，从而可以避免共享信道140和控制信道150的同时传输。在一些实施例中，终端设备120可以基于共享信道140的第一波束赋形方式从第一集合210中确定(450)一个或多个传输时机，用于传输控制信息425。后文将参考图5至10来详细描述这些实施例。在另一些实施例中，终端设备120也可以基于控制信道150的第二波束赋形方式从第一集合210中确定(450)一个或多个传输时机，用于传输控制信息425。后文将参考图11至12来详细描述这些实施例。在其他实施例中，终端设备120还可以基于共享信道140的第一波束赋形方式和控制信道150的第二波束赋形方式两者，从第一集合210中确定(450)一个或多个传输时机，用于传输控制信息425。后文将参考图13来详细描述这些实施例。值得注意的是，本公开的实施例不要求控制信道150的控制信息425仅在与控制信道150的传输时机310重叠的共享信道140的传输时机上承载。例如，如果控制信道150的传输时机310仅与共享信道140的一个传输时机重叠，控制信道150的控制信息425也可以承载于共享信道140的多个传输时机上或者不同的另一个传输时机上。
应理解，本公开中，终端设备120对时域资源重叠的判断方式有多种具体方式，作为一个实施方式或者是替换的方案，终端设备120可以对配置给终端设备120的参数进行计算来确定是否满足一定条件。此外，终端设备120确定控制信道150的传输时机与共享信道140的传输时机在时域上的重叠步骤可以是可选的。在具体实施过程中，若第一调度信息405或第二调度信息415所指示的内容满足某种条件，或客观上控制信道150的传输时机与集合210中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机具有至少部分重叠的时域资 源，再或者终端设备120被配置为直接根据上述第一调度信息405的部分或全部确定至少一个共享信道传输时机，则终端设备120可以直接根据上述第一调度信息405的部分或全部直接确定至少一个共享信道传输时机并向网络设备110发送相关的控制信息425。上述某种条件可以是第一调度信息405和第二调度信息415中的某些与共享信道140的传输时机和控制信道150的传输时机相关联的配置值相同，或者是共享信道140和控制信道150的传输时间等参数满足其它预设条件。一个可替换的实施例中，终端设备120基于第一波束赋形方式和第二波束赋形方式中的至少一者，从集合210中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机，其中，控制信道150的传输时机与集合210中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机具有至少部分重叠的时域资源。
与终端设备120类似地，网络设备110也可以确定控制信道150的传输时机310是否与第一集合210中的传输时机210-1至210-4具有重叠的时域资源，也即，传输时机310是否与传输时机210-1至210-4在时域上重叠。如果存在时域重叠，则网络设备110可以确定终端设备120将不会传输控制信道150，而是将使用第一集合210中的一个或多个传输时机来发送与控制信道150相关联的控制信息425。具体地，如果网络设备110确定传输时机310与第一集合210中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机在时域上重叠，则网络设备110也可以基于共享信道140的第一波束赋形方式从第一集合210中确定(460)一个或多个传输时机，以便在所确定的传输时机处接收控制信息425。如前文所述，波束赋形方式可以是指通信设备在发送或接收信号时所采用的波束配置，这里可以是根据波束赋形的配置信息或相关参数确定一个或多个传输时机；或者说，终端设备120确定至少一个共享信道传输时域资源，该至少一个共享信道传输时域资源与上述波束赋形的配置参数相关联。在另一些实施例中，网络设备110也可以基于控制信道150的第二波束赋形方式从第一集合210中确定(460)一个或多个传输时机，以便在所确定的传输时机处接收控制信息425。在其他实施例中，网络设备110还可以基于共享信道140的第一波束赋形方式和控制信道150的第二波束赋形方式两者，从第一集合210中确定(460)一个或多个传输时机，以便在所确定的传输时机处接收控制信息425。应当理解的是，网络设备110和终端设备120可以使用相同的预定规则从第一集合210中选出相同的一个或多个传输时机，从而确保网络设备110可以在正确的一个或多个传输时机从终端设备120接收到控制信息425。还需要指出的是，共享信道140的传输时机的第一集合210通常将会包括多个传输时机，但是本公开的实施例不排除传输时机的第一集合210仅包括一个传输时机的情形。在这种情况下，可以认为网络设备110和终端设备120基于第一波束赋形方式和第二波束赋形方式之一或两者默认地选择第一集合210中的该一个传输时机。
在从第一集合210中确定要用于传输控制信息425的共享信道140的传输时机之后，终端设备120可以在所确定的传输时机向网络设备110发送(470)与控制信道150相关联的控制信息425，而不再执行控制信道150的传输。例如，假设终端设备120基于第一波束赋形方式和第二波束赋形方式之一或两者在第一集合210中确定出传输时机210-1至210-4，则终端设备120可以在传输时机210-1至210-4中的每个向网络设备110发送(470)控制信息425。又例如，假设终端设备120基于第一波束赋形方式和第二波束赋形方式之一或两者在第一集合210中确定出传输时机210-1和210-2，则终端设备120可以在传输时机210-1和210-2向网络设备110发送(470)控制信息425。又例如，假设 终端设备120基于第一波束赋形方式和第二波束赋形方式之一或两者在第一集合210中确定出传输时机210-1，则终端设备120可以在传输时机210-1向网络设备110发送(470)控制信息425。
需要说明的是，在本公开的实施例中，终端设备120在共享信道140的一个或多个传输时机上传输控制信息425是指终端设备120使用共享信道140来传输控制信息425。也就是说，控制信息425通过共享信道140来传输，而不是通过控制信道150来传输。更具体地，终端设备120可以根据共享信道140的传输时机上的数据发送方式，来确定控制信息425的发送方式。因此，在上述任一种情况下，终端设备120均不再传输控制信道150，而是将控制信息425与共享信道140的对应传输时机上原本要传输的数据或其他信息一起传输，从而避免了共享信道140与控制信道150的同时传输。将理解，上文描述的由终端设备120在第一集合210中确定出的特定传输时机仅是示例性的，无意以任何方式限制本公开的范围。在其他实施例中，终端设备120可能在具有任何数目的传输时机的第一集合210中选择出任何数目的传输时机，用于传输控制信息425。
在示例通信过程400的另一侧，在从第一集合210中确定要用于接收控制信息425的传输时机之后，网络设备110可以在所确定的传输时机从终端设备120接收(480)与控制信道150相关联的控制信息425，而不再执行控制信道150的接收。例如，假设网络设备110基于第一波束赋形方式和第二波束赋形方式之一或两者在第一集合210中确定出传输时机210-1至210-4，则网络设备110可以在传输时机210-1至210-4中的每个从终端设备120接收(480)控制信息425。又例如，假设网络设备110基于第一波束赋形方式和第二波束赋形方式之一或两者在第一集合210中确定出传输时机210-1和210-2，则网络设备110可以在传输时机210-1和210-2从终端设备120接收(480)控制信息425。又例如，假设网络设备110基于第一波束赋形方式和第二波束赋形方式之一或两者在第一集合210中确定出传输时机210-1，则网络设备110可以在传输时机210-1从终端设备120接收(480)控制信息425。
在任一种情况下，网络设备110均不再接收控制信道150，而是在所确定的传输时机一起接收控制信息425和对应传输时机上原本要传输的数据或其他信息。将理解，上文描述的由网络设备110在第一集合210中确定出的特定传输时机仅是示例性的，无意以任何方式限制本公开的范围。在其他实施例中，网络设备110可能在具有任何数目的传输时机的第一集合210中选择出任何数目的传输时机，以接收控制信息425。
在一些实施例中，如果终端设备120在第一集合210中确定出多个传输时机用于传输控制信息425，则终端设备120可以在该多个共享信道传输时机中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机处均发送与控制信息425相对应的多个调制符号。例如，在图2的示例中，假设终端设备120确定传输时机210-1至210-3用于传输控制信息425，那么终端设备120可以在传输时机210-1至210-3均传输控制信息425经调制后生成的全部调制符号。更具体地，如果共享信道140是PUSCH并且控制信道150是PUCCH，则终端设备120可以生成一份编码后的UCI比特，并将这些比特分别映射到多次PUSCH传输上，每次PUSCH传输上映射的比特相同，也即，UCI比特在多次PUSCH传输上重复传输。这种方式可以提升UCI传输可靠性，但是在一定程度上增加了UCI的资源开销从而降低PUSCH上的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性。当然，终端设备120也可以在一部分传输时机上传输全部调制符号，而在另一部分传输时机上分别传输部分调制符号，这些部分调制符号可以 组合得出控制信息425。例如，终端设备120可以在传输时机210-1传输全部调制符号，而在传输时机210-2和210-3分别传输全部调制符号的一半。
类似地，如果网络设备110在第一集合210中确定出多个传输时机用于接收控制信息425，则网络设备110可以在该多个共享信道传输时机中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机处均接收与控制信息425相对应的多个调制符号。例如，在图2的示例中，假设网络设备110确定传输时机210-1至210-3用于接收控制信息425，那么网络设备110可以在传输时机210-1至210-3均接收控制信息425经调制后生成的全部调制符号。当然，网络设备110也可以在一部分传输时机上接收全部调制符号，而在另一部分传输时机上分别接收部分调制符号，然后再组合得到控制信息425。例如，网络设备110可以在传输时机210-1接收全部调制符号，而在传输时机210-2和210-3分别接收全部调制符号的一半。
在另外的实施例中，如果终端设备120在第一集合210中确定出多个传输时机用于传输控制信息425，则终端设备120可以在该多个共享信道传输时机分别发送与控制信息425相对应的多个调制符号中的部分调制符号。例如，在图2的示例中，假设终端设备120确定传输时机210-1至210-3用于传输控制信息425，那么终端设备120可以在传输时机210-1至210-3分别传输控制信息425经调制后生成的全部调制符号的三分之一，这些部分调制符号可以组合得出控制信息425。更具体地，如果共享信道140是PUSCH并且控制信道150是PUCCH，则终端设备120可以将编码后的UCI比特分成N份，每份比特依次承载于N次PUSCH传输上，每次PUSCH传输上仅承载部分UCI比特。在这种方式中，UCI传输可靠性略微降低，但是PUSCH上的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性提升。
在一些实施例中，终端设备120可以基于共享信道140的多个传输时机所包括的时频资源的相应数量来确定在该多个传输时机分别发送的调制符号的数量。例如，如果将用于传输控制信息425的传输时机210-1至210-3包括的时频资源数量分别为50、50和100个，而控制信息425的全部调制符号是40个，那么终端设备120可以在传输时机210-1至210-3分别传输10个、10个和20个调制符号。更具体地，如果共享信道140是PUSCH并且控制信道150是PUCCH，则在多次PUSCH上承载的每份UCI比特数量可以根据每次PUSCH重复传输对应的时频资源数量来确定。例如，当UCI承载于两次PUSCH传输上，并且两次PUSCH传输的时频资源数量相同，则每份UCI比特数可以相同。当UCI承载于两次PUSCH传输上，并且第一次PUSCH传输的时频资源数量为4，第二次PUSCH传输的时频资源数量为2，则承载于第一次PUSCH传输上的UCI比特数为UCI比特总数的2/3，而承载于第二次PUSCH传输上的UCI比特数为UCI比特总数的1/3。
类似地，如果网络设备110在第一集合210中确定出多个传输时机用于接收控制信息425，则网络设备110可以在该多个共享信道传输时机分别接收与控制信息425相对应的多个调制符号中的部分调制符号。例如，在图2的示例中，假设网络设备110确定传输时机210-1至210-3用于接收控制信息425，那么网络设备110可以在传输时机210-1至210-3分别接收控制信息425经调制后生成的全部调制符号的三分之一，然后再组合得到控制信息425。在一些实施例中，网络设备110可以基于共享信道140的多个传输时机所包括的时频资源的相应数量来确定在该多个传输时机要分别接收的调制符号的数量。例如，如果将用于接收控制信息425的传输时机210-1至210-3包括的时频资源数量 分别为50、50和100个，而控制信息425的全部调制符号是40个，那么网络设备110可以在传输时机210-1至210-3处分别接收10个、10个和20个调制符号。将理解，这里列出的各种具体数值仅是示例性的，无意以任何方式限制本公开的范围。在其他实施例中，这里描述的任何参数可以具有任何适当的数值。
通过示例通信过程400，在网络设备110调度的共享信道140的传输和控制信道150的传输在时域上重叠的情况下，终端设备120可以根据共享信道140和控制信道150之一或两者的波束赋形方式，合理地从共享信道140的多个传输时机中选择出适合的传输时机用于传输控制信道150的控制信息425。相对应地，网络设备110可以在共享信道140的多个传输时机中选择出适合的传输时机来接收控制信息425。以此方式，控制信息425的传输可靠性可以得到提升，同时可以兼顾共享信道140中的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性，从而改进网络设备110与终端设备120之间的通信性能。
如上文参考图4所描述的，在一些实施例中，终端设备120和网络设备110可以基于共享信道140的第一波束赋形方式从第一集合210中确定传输时机，以用于传输控制信息425。以此方式，控制信息150(例如，UCI)的可靠性可以得到一定的保证，同时尽可能减小控制信息150对共享信道140上的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性的影响，达到共享信道140上的数据或其他信息与控制信息150的传输性能的合理折中。
具体地，如果共享信道140的第一波束赋形方式为第一集合210中存在多个共享信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则终端设备120和网络设备110可以从第一集合210中确定出该多个共享信道传输时机，以用于传输控制信息425。例如，当PUSCH的传输方案为时域重复传输并且多个传输时机中至少存在两个传输时机采用不同的波束赋形方式或发送波束时，与PUSCH任意一次或者多次重复传输在时域上重叠的PUCCH的UCI可以承载于PUSCH的多次时域重复传输上。在一些实施例中，用于承载UCI的多次PUSCH重复传输中每次PUSCH重复传输采用的波束赋形方式或者发送波束互不相同，多个传输时机满足约束条件：多个传输时机的起始时间点与接收到调度UCI信令的接收时间点之间的时长大于一个时间段。可选的，用于承载UCI的多次PUSCH重复传输遍历了所有第一调度信息指示的发送波束。
以此方式，在网络设备的多点协同传输或多发送接收点(TRP)传输的场景中，终端设备与网络设备之间的控制信息的传输可靠性可以得到提升，从而提高终端设备与网络设备之间的通信性能。
另一方面，如果共享信道140的第一波束赋形方式为第一集合210中的全部共享信道传输时机与相同的波束相关联，则终端设备120和网络设备110可以从第一集合210中确定出一个共享信道传输时机，以用于传输控制信息425。例如，当PUSCH的传输方案为时域重复传输并且采用相同的波束赋形方式或波束时，与PUSCH的一次或多次传输在时域上重叠的PUCCH的UCI可以承载于PUSCH的一次时域重复传输上。如此，在控制信息通过共享信道被传输的情况下，可以尽可能减小控制信息对共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输性能的影响，达到控制信息与数据或其他信息的传输性能的折中。下文将参考图5至图10来详细描述基于第一波束赋形方式从第一集合210中确定传输时机的一些示例。
图5示出了根据本公开的实施例的在共享信道140的传输时机集合210中确定一个或多个传输时机用于传输控制信息425的示例。如图5所示，共享信道140的传输时机 的第一集合210中的传输时机210-1和210-3与指向网络设备110的波束122相关联，而传输时机210-2和210-4与指向网络设备115的波束124相关联。图5中描绘了用于承载控制信息425的控制信道150的传输时机310与共享信道140的传输时机210-1在时域上重叠。另外，图5中还描绘了传输时机210-1和210-2在时隙505之内，而传输时机210-3和210-4在时隙515之内。这意味着共享信道140的传输时机可以是子时隙级别的，并且第一集合210可以是跨时隙的。将明白，图5中的传输时机210-1至210-4位于两个时隙中仅是示例性的，无意以任何方式限制本公开的范围。在其他实施例中，传输时机210-1至210-4也可以在同一个时隙内，或者分别位于更多的时隙中。
在图5的示例中，由于共享信道140的第一波束赋形方式为第一集合210中的传输时机210-1和210-2分别与不同的波束122和124相关联，所以终端设备120可以从第一集合210中确定传输时机210-1和210-2，以向网络设备110传输控制信息425，而网络设备110可以同样地从第一集合210中确定传输时机210-1和210-2，以从终端设备120接收控制信息425。示例性的，网络设备110(例如，基站)下发DCI信令调度共享信道140并指示多个参考信号索引值，根据默认的规则，每个参考信号索引值表征一个发送波束，即波束122对应参考信号索引值1，波束124对应参考信号索引值2，且传输时机210-1对应参考信号索引值1，传输时间210-2对应参考信号索引值2。具体地，以传输时机210-1为例，控制信息150(例如，UCI)可以占用传输时机210-1中的特定时频资源。终端设备120可以采用特定的编码方式对控制信息150的信息比特编码，然后映射到这些特定时频资源上。控制信息425映射的资源元素上不再映射共享信道140中原有的数据符号。也即，控制信息425映射的资源元素将会对数据符号执行打孔或者速率匹配。通常，控制信息425(例如，包括HARQ-ACK信息)是相对重要的信息，因此可以放置于距共享信道140的传输时机中的解调参考信号最近的共享信道140符号上。例如，在图5的传输时机210-1和210-2中，控制信息425可以分别承载在用于传输解调参考信号的时频资源510-1和510-2之后的时频资源520-1和520-2上，并且时频资源520-1和520-2在频域上可以是不连续的。需要说明的是，图5中示出的用于承载控制信息425的特定时频资源仅是示例性的，无意以任何方式限制本公开的范围。在其他实施例中，共享信道140的传输时机中用于承载控制信息425的时频资源可以在任何适当的位置。例如，用于承载控制信息425的时频资源可以不与承载解调参考信号的时频资源相邻，或者在频域上可以是连续的，或者在时域上可以是不连续的，等等。
此外，在图5的示例中，终端设备120或网络设备110也可以从第一集合210中选择传输时机210-1和210-4、传输时机210-2和210-3、或传输时机210-3和210-4来发送或接收控制信息425，因为这些传输时机也是与不同的波束122和124相关联的传输时机。当然，在传输时延的意义上，选择传输时机210-1和210-2是较优的，因为它们是第一集合210中满足条件的最早的两个传输时机。进一步地，由于传输时机210-3和210-4也与不同的波束相关联，所以终端设备120或网络设备110还可以在选择传输时机210-1和210-2的同时，也选择传输时机210-1至210-4来发送或接收控制信息425，以进一步提高控制信息425的传输可靠性。然而，仅选择传输时机210-1和210-2而不选择传输时机210-3和210-4在性能折中的角度来看是有利的，因为这可以使得控制信息425(例如，UCI)获取分集增益的同时，尽可能减小对共享信道140中的数据或其他信息的影响。应当明白，图5中的传输时机与两个不同波束相关联仅是示例性的，无意以任何方式限制 本公开的范围。更一般地，如果第一集合210中存在更多的传输时机与更多的不同波束相关联，则终端设备120或网络设备110也可以从第一集合210中确定出这些传输时机来发送或接收控制信息425。例如，假设图5中的传输时机210-1至210-4分别与四个不同的波束相关联，则终端设备120或网络设备110可以选择传输时机210-1至210-4的全部，用于发送或接收控制信息425。也就是说，终端设备120或网络设备110所选择的传输时机的数目可以等于不同波束的波束数目。当然，在这种情况下，终端设备120或网络设备110所选择的传输时机的数目也可以小于不同波束的数目。
在一些实施例中，为了尽量减小控制信息425的传输时延，终端设备120或网络设备110可以在第一集合210中选择在时域上较为接近的多个传输时机来发送或接收控制信息425。例如，终端设备120或网络设备110可以选择第一集合210中在时域上编号连续的多个传输时机。如本文中使用的，传输时机在时域上的编号可以是指传输时机在时间上按照先后顺序分配的编号。换言之，如果两个传输时机中间间隔有其他传输时机，则终端设备120或网络设备110可以避免选择这两个传输时机。当然，终端设备120或网络设备110也可以被配置为避免选择中间间隔的传输时机多于某个阈值数目的两个传输时机。例如，如果阈值数目为2并且两个传输时机之间间隔有3个传输时机，则终端设备120或网络设备110可以避免选择这两个传输时机。附加地或备选地，终端设备120或网络设备110可以选择彼此之间的时间间隔小于或者等于预定时长的多个传输时机。在一些实施例中，该预定时长可以根据具体的应用环境和性能要求来确定。也即，终端设备120或网络设备110所选择的多个传输时机之间的时域间隔需要足够小。通过上述各种方式，终端设备120可以保证控制信息425的传输时延较小，从而避免控制信息425无法在预定时间内由网络设备110正确接收，还同时影响共享信道140中的数据或其他信息的传输性能。下文参考图6来描述这样的示例。
图6示出了根据本公开的实施例的在共享信道140的传输时机集合210中确定一个或多个传输时机用于传输控制信息425的另一示例。如图6所示，共享信道140的传输时机的第一集合210中的传输时机210-1和210-2与指向网络设备110的波束122相关联，而传输时机210-3和210-4与指向网络设备115的波束124相关联。图6中描绘了用于承载控制信息425的控制信道150的传输时机310与共享信道140的传输时机210-1在时域上重叠。另外，图6中描绘了传输时机210-1和210-2在时隙505之内，传输时机210-3和210-4在时隙525之内，而时隙505与时隙525之间间隔有时隙515(未示出)。换言之，传输时机210-2和210-3在时域上距离较远，间隔大于一个时隙。此外，这意味着共享信道140的传输时机可以是子时隙级别的，并且第一集合210可以是跨时隙的。将明白，图6中的传输时机210-1至210-4位于两个时隙中仅是示例性的，无意以任何方式限制本公开的范围。在其他实施例中，传输时机210-1至210-4也可以在同一个时隙内，或者分别位于更多的时隙中。
在图6的示例中，传输时机210-1和210-3、传输时机210-1和210-4、传输时机210-2和210-3、或传输时机210-2和210-4都是与不同波束122和124相关联的多个传输时机。但是，传输时机210-1和210-3、传输时机210-1和210-4、传输时机210-2和210-4之间都间隔有其他的传输时机，不满足前述的在时域上编号连续的条件。另外，在图6的示例中，虽然传输时机210-2和210-3是编号连续的传输时机，但是它们之间在时域上的间隔大于一个时隙。如果在图6的示例中，终端设备120和网络设备110可以选择的两个 传输间隔之间的最大预定时长被设置为2个OFDM符号，则传输时机210-2和210-3彼此之间的间隔大于预定时长，从而也不符合前述时域间隔足够小的条件。将理解，这里描述的预定时长等参数的特定取值仅是示例性的，无意以任何方式限制本公开的范围。在其他实施例中，预定时长等参数可以根据具体的应用环境和性能要求而确定为任何其他数值。
因此，如图6描绘的，由于不存在符合上述时延条件且具有不同波束的多个传输时机，所以为了保证控制信息425具有较低的传输时延，终端设备120或网络设备110可以在第一集合210中仅选择一个传输时机210-1，用于发送或接收控制信息425。例如，在图6的传输时机210-1中，控制信息425可以承载在用于传输解调参考信号的时频资源510-1之后的时频资源520-1上，并且时频资源520-1在频域上可以是不连续的。需要说明的是，图6中示出的用于承载控制信息425的特定时频资源仅是示例性的，无意以任何方式限制本公开的范围。在其他实施例中，共享信道140的传输时机中用于承载控制信息425的时频资源可以在任何适当的位置。例如，用于承载控制信息425的时频资源可以不与承载解调参考信号的时频资源相邻，或者在频域上可以是连续的，或者在时域上可以是不连续的，等等。此外，在图6的示例中，终端设备120或网络设备110也可以从第一集合210中确定传输时机210-2至210-4中的一个传输时机，用于发送或接收控制信息425。但是，从时延的角度来说，传输时机210-1是较优的，因为传输时机210-1是最早的传输时机。
在一些实施例中，终端设备120生成或准备用于传输的控制信息150可能需要一段时间，从而第一集合210中可能不是所有的传输时机都可以用于传输控制信息150。例如，终端设备120生成或准备控制信息150中可能包括的HARQ-ACK信息需要一定的处理时间。具体地，终端设备120可能需要首先对来自网络设备110的下行链路数据执行信道估计和译码操作。然后，终端设备120可以执行上行链路数据的组包，例如包括对所确定的HARQ-ACK信息执行加扰、编码、调制、序列生成等操作。此后，终端设备120才可以发送控制信息150中的HARQ-ACK信息。类似地，终端设备120生成或准备控制信息150中的其他信息也需要处理时间。综合起来，终端设备120生成或准备控制信息150需要一个时间段，该时间段可能具体取决于终端设备120的设备能力。因此，在一些实施例中，终端设备120和网络设备110在第一集合210中选择传输时机时还需要考虑到终端设备120准备控制信息150的时间段。也即，控制信息425可以承载于使终端设备120有足够的时间来生成控制信息150的传输时机上，例如，符合该条件的最早传输时机或者之后其他的传输时机。以此方式，本公开的实施例的技术方案可以适应处理能力较低的终端设备，满足其较低处理能力的限制。下文参考图7至图9来描述这样的示例。
图7示出了根据本公开的实施例的在共享信道140的传输时机集合210中确定一个或多个传输时机用于传输控制信息425的另一示例。如图7所示，共享信道140的传输时机的第一集合210中的传输时机210-1和210-3与指向网络设备110的波束122相关联，而传输时机210-2和210-4与指向网络设备115的波束124相关联。图7中描绘了用于承载控制信息425的控制信道150的传输时机310与共享信道140的传输时机210-1在时域上重叠。另外，图7中还描绘了传输时机210-1和210-2在时隙505之内，而传输时机210-3和210-4在时隙515之内。这意味着共享信道140的传输时机可以是子时隙级别的， 并且第一集合210可以是跨时隙的。将明白，图7中的传输时机210-1至210-4位于两个时隙中仅是示例性的，无意以任何方式限制本公开的范围。在其他实施例中，传输时机210-1至210-4也可以在同一个时隙内，或者分别位于更多的时隙中。此外，图7中示出了终端设备120从网络设备110接收到第二调度信息415的接收时间点702，终端设备120用于生成控制信息425的时间段705，以及传输时机210-1、210-2、210-3和210-4的起始时间点710、720、730和740。
图8示出了根据本公开的实施例的在共享信道140的传输时机集合210中确定一个或多个传输时机用于传输控制信息425的另一示例。如图8所示，共享信道140的传输时机的第一集合210中的传输时机210-1和210-3与指向网络设备110的波束122相关联，而传输时机210-2和210-4与指向网络设备115的波束124相关联。图8中描绘了用于承载控制信息425的控制信道150的传输时机310与共享信道140的传输时机210-4在时域上重叠。另外，图8中还描绘了传输时机210-1和210-2在时隙505之内，而传输时机210-3和210-4在时隙515之内。这意味着共享信道140的传输时机可以是子时隙级别的，并且第一集合210可以是跨时隙的。将明白，图8中的传输时机210-1至210-4位于两个时隙中仅是示例性的，无意以任何方式限制本公开的范围。在其他实施例中，传输时机210-1至210-4也可以在同一个时隙内，或者分别位于更多的时隙中。此外，图8中示出了终端设备120从网络设备110接收到第二调度信息415的接收时间点802，终端设备120用于生成控制信息425的时间段805，以及传输时机210-1、210-2、210-3和210-4的起始时间点810、820、830和840。应理解，本公开中的时间点概念，可以是以时间单位为基础定义，例如起始时间点可以指的是某个特定的OFDM符号。
图9示出了根据本公开的实施例的在共享信道140的传输时机集合210中确定一个或多个传输时机用于传输控制信息425的另一示例。如图9所示，共享信道140的传输时机的第一集合210中的传输时机210-1和210-3与指向网络设备110的波束122相关联，而传输时机210-2和210-4与指向网络设备115的波束124相关联。图9中描绘了用于承载控制信息425的控制信道150的传输时机310与共享信道140的传输时机210-4在时域上重叠。另外，图9中还描绘了传输时机210-1和210-2在时隙505之内，而传输时机210-3和210-4在时隙515之内。这意味着共享信道140的传输时机可以是子时隙级别的，并且第一集合210可以是跨时隙的。将明白，图9中的传输时机210-1至210-4位于两个时隙中仅是示例性的，无意以任何方式限制本公开的范围。在其他实施例中，传输时机210-1至210-4也可以在同一个时隙内，或者分别位于更多的时隙中。此外，图9中示出了终端设备120从网络设备110接收到第二调度信息415的接收时间点902，终端设备120用于生成控制信息425的时间段905，以及传输时机210-1、210-2、210-3和210-4的起始时间点910、920、930和940。
在一些实施例中，为了从第一集合210中确定传输时机用于发送控制信息425，终端设备120可以确定用于生成控制信息425的时间段，也即从接收到控制信道150的第二调度信息415开始直到终端设备120准备好控制信息425为止的时间段。类似地，为了从第一集合210中确定传输时机用于接收控制信息425，网络设备110可以确定终端设备120用于生成控制信息425的时间段。在一些实施例中，为了使网络设备110可以确定该时间段，终端设备120可以向网络设备110报告用于确定该时间段的特定于终端设备120的参数。参考图7至图9，在图7的示例中，终端设备120和网络设备110可 以确定时间段705。在图8的示例中，终端设备120和网络设备110可以确定时间段805。在图9的示例中，终端设备120和网络设备110可以确定时间段905。
然后，终端设备120和网络设备110可以基于生成控制信息425的时间段来确定第一集合210的子集，该子集中的传输时机的起始时间点与终端设备120接收到第二调度信息415的接收时间点之间的时长大于生成控制信息425的时间段。例如，在图7的示例中，终端设备120和网络设备110可以确定第一集合210的子集为传输时机210-2至210-4。这是因为，传输时机210-2的起始时间点720与接收到第二调度信息415的接收时间点702之间的时长725大于生成控制信息425的时间段705。传输时机210-3的起始时间点730与接收到第二调度信息415的接收时间点702之间的时长735大于生成控制信息425的时间段705。传输时机210-4的起始时间点740与接收到第二调度信息415的接收时间点702之间的时长745大于生成控制信息425的时间段705。但是，传输时机210-1的起始时间点710与接收到第二调度信息415的接收时间点702之间的时长715小于生成控制信息425的时间段705。
类似地，在图8的示例中，终端设备120和网络设备110可以确定第一集合210的子集为传输时机210-3和210-4。这是因为，传输时机210-3的起始时间点830与接收到第二调度信息415的接收时间点802之间的时长835大于生成控制信息425的时间段805。传输时机210-4的起始时间点840与接收到第二调度信息415的接收时间点802之间的时长845大于生成控制信息425的时间段805。但是，传输时机210-1的起始时间点810在接收到第二调度信息415的接收时间点802之前，因此终端设备120必然无法在传输时机210-1的起始时间点810之前准备好控制信息425。另外，传输时机210-2的起始时间点820与接收到第二调度信息415的接收时间点802之间的时长825小于生成控制信息425的时间段805。
类似地，在图9的示例中，终端设备120和网络设备110可以确定第一集合210的子集为传输时机210-4。这是因为，传输时机210-4的起始时间点940与接收到第二调度信息415的接收时间点902之间的时长945大于生成控制信息425的时间段905。而传输时机210-1和210-2的起始时间点910和920均在接收到第二调度信息415的接收时间点902之前，因此终端设备120必然无法在传输时机210-1的起始时间点910和传输时机210-2的起始时间点920之前准备好控制信息425。另外，传输时机210-3的起始时间点930与接收到第二调度信息415的接收时间点902之间的时长935小于生成控制信息425的时间段905。
在确定了第一集合210的上述子集之后，终端设备120和网络设备110可以从该子集中确定用于传输控制信息425的共享信道140的传输时机。例如，在图7的示例中，终端设备120和网络设备110可以从传输时机的子集210-2、210-3和210-4中确定用于传输控制信息425的传输时机。由于共享信道140的第一波束赋形方式为第一集合210中的传输时机210-2和210-3分别与不同的波束124和122相关联，所以终端设备120可以从传输时机的子集210-2、210-3和210-4中确定传输时机210-2和210-3，以向网络设备110传输控制信息425，而网络设备110可以同样地从传输时机的子集210-2、210-3和210-4中确定传输时机210-2和210-3，以从终端设备120接收控制信息425。例如，在图7的传输时机210-2和210-3中，控制信息425可以分别承载在用于传输解调参考信号的时频资源510-2和510-3之后的时频资源520-2和520-3上，并且时频资源520-2和 520-3在频域上可以是不连续的。需要说明的是，图7中示出的用于承载控制信息425的特定时频资源仅是示例性的，无意以任何方式限制本公开的范围。在其他实施例中，共享信道140的传输时机中用于承载控制信息425的时频资源可以在任何适当的位置。例如，用于承载控制信息425的时频资源可以不与承载解调参考信号的时频资源相邻，或者在频域上可以是连续的，或者在时域上可以是不连续的，等等。此外，在图7的示例中，终端设备120或网络设备110也可以从传输时机的子集210-2、210-3和210-4中确定传输时机210-3和210-4来发送或接收控制信息425，因为这些传输时机也是与不同的波束122和124相关联的传输时机。
在图8的示例中，终端设备120和网络设备110可以从传输时机的子集210-3和210-4中确定用于传输控制信息425的共享信道140的传输时机。由于共享信道140的第一波束赋形方式为第一集合210中的传输时机210-3和210-4分别与不同的波束122和124相关联，所以终端设备120可以从传输时机的子集210-3和210-4中确定传输时机210-3和210-4，以向网络设备110传输控制信息425，而网络设备110可以同样地从传输时机的子集210-3和210-4中确定传输时机210-3和210-4，以从终端设备120接收控制信息425。例如，在图8的传输时机210-3和210-4中，控制信息425可以分别承载在用于传输解调参考信号的时频资源510-3和510-4之后的时频资源520-3和520-4上，并且时频资源520-3和520-4在频域上可以是不连续的。需要说明的是，图8中示出的用于承载控制信息425的特定时频资源仅是示例性的，无意以任何方式限制本公开的范围。在其他实施例中，共享信道140的传输时机中用于承载控制信息425的时频资源可以在任何适当的位置。例如，用于承载控制信息425的时频资源可以不与承载解调参考信号的时频资源相邻，或者在频域上可以是连续的，或者在时域上可以是不连续的，等等。
在图9的示例中，终端设备120和网络设备110可以从传输时机的子集210-4中确定用于传输控制信息425的共享信道140的传输时机。由于传输时机的子集210-4仅包括一个可选的传输时机210-4，所以终端设备120可以从传输时机的子集210-4中确定传输时机210-4，以向网络设备110传输控制信息425，而网络设备110可以同样地从传输时机的子集210-4中确定传输时机210-4，以从终端设备120接收控制信息425。例如，在图9的传输时机210-4中，控制信息425可以分别承载在用于传输解调参考信号的时频资源510-4之后的时频资源520-4上，并且时频资源520-4在频域上可以是不连续的。需要说明的是，图9中示出的用于承载控制信息425的特定时频资源仅是示例性的，无意以任何方式限制本公开的范围。在其他实施例中，共享信道140的传输时机中用于承载控制信息425的时频资源可以在任何适当的位置。例如，用于承载控制信息425的时频资源可以不与承载解调参考信号的时频资源相邻，或者在频域上可以是连续的，或者在时域上可以是不连续的，等等。
上文参考图5至图9描述了第一集合210中存在多个传输时机与不同波束相关联的一些实施例。在另外的实施例中，共享信道140的第一波束赋形方式可能是第一集合210中的全部共享信道传输时机与相同的波束相关联。在这种情况下，终端设备120或网络设备110可以从第一集合210中确定一个共享信道传输时机，用于传输控制信息425。例如，当PUSCH的传输方案为时域重复传输并且采用相同的波束赋形方式或波束时，与PUSCH的一次或多次传输在时域上重叠的PUCCH的UCI可以承载于PUSCH的一次时域重复传输上。通过这样的方式，在控制信息425通过共享信道140被传输的情况下， 可以尽可能减小控制信息425对共享信道140上的数据或其他信息的传输性能的影响，达到控制信息425与数据或其他信息的传输性能的折中。下文参考图10来描述这样的实施例。
图10示出了根据本公开的实施例的在共享信道140的传输时机集合210中确定一个或多个传输时机用于传输控制信息425的另一示例。如图10所示，共享信道140的传输时机的第一集合210中的传输时机210-1至210-4均与指向网络设备110的波束122相关联。图10中描绘了用于承载控制信息425的控制信道150的传输时机310与共享信道140的传输时机210-1和210-2在时域上重叠。另外，图10中还描绘了传输时机210-1和210-2在时隙505之内，而传输时机210-3和210-4在时隙515之内。这意味着共享信道140的传输时机可以是子时隙级别的，并且第一集合210可以是跨时隙的。将明白，图10中的传输时机210-1至210-4位于两个时隙中仅是示例性的，无意以任何方式限制本公开的范围。在其他实施例中，传输时机210-1至210-4也可以在同一个时隙内，或者分别位于更多的时隙中。
在图10的示例中，由于共享信道140的第一波束赋形方式为第一集合210中的传输时机210-1至210-4均与相同的波束122相关联，所以终端设备120可以从第一集合210中确定一个传输时机210-1以向网络设备110传输控制信息425，而网络设备110可以同样地从第一集合210中确定一个传输时机210-1，以从终端设备120接收控制信息425。例如，在图10的传输时机210-1中，控制信息425可以承载在用于传输解调参考信号的时频资源510-1之后的时频资源520-1上，并且时频资源520-1在频域上可以是不连续的。需要说明的是，图10中示出的用于承载控制信息425的特定时频资源仅是示例性的，无意以任何方式限制本公开的范围。在其他实施例中，共享信道140的传输时机中用于承载控制信息425的时频资源可以在任何适当的位置。例如，用于承载控制信息425的时频资源可以不与承载解调参考信号的时频资源相邻，或者在频域上可以是连续的，或者在时域上可以是不连续的，等等。
此外，在图10的示例中，终端设备120或网络设备110也可以从第一集合210中选择传输时机210-2、传输时机210-3、或传输时机210-4来发送或接收控制信息425。更一般地，如果第一集合210中存在更多的传输时机，则终端设备120或网络设备110也可以从第一集合210中的这些传输时机中确定出一个传输时机来发送或接收控制信息425。此外，还需要指出的是，尽管图10中的传输时机210-1至210-4均与一个波束122相关联，但是这仅是示例性的，无意以任何方式限制本公开的范围。在其他实施例中，传输时机210-1至210-4也可以均相同的多个波束相关联。例如，假定传输时机210-1至210-4均与波束122和124两者相关联，则传输时机210-1至210-4也被认为与“相同的”波束相关联。
如上文参考图4所描述的，在一些实施例中，终端设备120和网络设备110也可以基于控制信道150的第二波束赋形方式从第一集合210中确定(450)传输时机，以用于传输控制信息425。以此方式，用于传输控制信息425的共享信道140的传输时机可以根据控制信道150和控制信息425本身的传输要求来确定，从而确保控制信息425的传输性能。此外，根据控制信道150的传输方案来确定控制信息425的承载策略，可以获得控制信道150和共享信道140的传输可靠性的较优折中。
具体地，如果控制信道150的第二波束赋形方式为控制信道150的传输时机的第二 集合350中存在多个传输时机与不同波束相关联，则终端设备120或网络设备110可以从共享信道140的传输时机的第一集合210中确定多个共享信道传输时机，多个共享传输时机中每个传输时机对应的发送波束互不相同，以用于传输控制信息425。以此方式，在控制信息425需要多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输以获得高可靠性时，控制信息425通过共享信道140的传输可以优先满足控制信息425的传输可靠性。在一些实施例中，上述条件可以具体表现为控制信道150(例如，PUCCH)被显式地配置为重复传输，并且不同的多次传输采用不同的波束赋形方式或波束。在其他实施例中，控制信道150(例如，PUCCH)可以被显式地配置为跳频传输方式，并且不同跳频传输上采用不同的波束赋形方式或波束，其中，不同跳频传输上采用不同的波束赋形方式或波束可以采用信令做显示的通知，也可以采用默认的规则约定当配置为跳频传输方式时，波束赋形方式可以由终端设备自行确定，此时，波束赋形方式或波束不再额外通知。控制信道150(例如，PUCCH)采用跳频方式传输的机制可以是不同频带上发送重复的控制信息425(例如，UCI)，或者不同频带上发送不重复的控制信息425(例如，UCI)。
另一方面，如果控制信道150的第二波束赋形方式为控制信道150的传输时机的第二集合350中的全部传输时机与相同的波束相关联，则终端设备120或网络设备110可以从共享信道140的传输时机的第一集合210中确定一个共享信道传输时机，以用于传输控制信息425。以此方式，在控制信息425无需多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输以获得高可靠性时，控制信息425通过共享信道的传输可以优先满足共享信道140上的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性。下文将参考图11和图12来详细描述基于第二波束赋形方式从第一集合210中确定传输时机的一些示例。
图11示出了根据本公开的实施例的在共享信道140的传输时机集合210中确定一个或多个传输时机用于传输控制信息425的另一示例。如图11所示，共享信道140的传输时机的第一集合210包括传输时机210-1至210-4。控制信道150的传输时机的第二集合350包括传输时机350-1和350-2。控制信道150的传输时机350-1和350-2分别与指向网络设备110的波束122和指向网络设备115的波束124相关联。图11中描绘了用于承载控制信息425的控制信道150的传输时机350-1和350-2分别与共享信道140的传输时机210-1和210-2在时域上重叠。另外，图11中还描绘了传输时机210-1和210-2在时隙505之内，而传输时机210-3和210-4在时隙515之内。这意味着共享信道140的传输时机可以是子时隙级别的，并且第一集合210可以是跨时隙的。将明白，图11中的传输时机210-1至210-4位于两个时隙中仅是示例性的，无意以任何方式限制本公开的范围。在其他实施例中，传输时机210-1至210-4也可以在同一个时隙内，或者分别位于更多的时隙中。
在图11的示例中，由于控制信道150的第二波束赋形方式为第二集合350中的传输时机350-1和350-2分别与不同的波束122和124相关联，所以终端设备120可以从共享信道140的第一集合210中确定多个传输时机210-1和210-2，以向网络设备110传输控制信息425，而网络设备110可以同样地从共享信道140的第一集合210中确定多个传输时机210-1和210-2，以从终端设备120接收控制信息425。例如，在图11的传输时机210-1和210-2中，控制信息425可以分别承载在用于传输解调参考信号的时频资源510-1和510-2之后的时频资源520-1和520-2上，并且时频资源520-1和520-2在频域上可以是不连续的。需要说明的是，图11中示出的用于承载控制信息425的特定时频资 源仅是示例性的，无意以任何方式限制本公开的范围。在其他实施例中，共享信道140的传输时机中用于承载控制信息425的时频资源可以在任何适当的位置。例如，用于承载控制信息425的时频资源可以不与承载解调参考信号的时频资源相邻，或者在频域上可以是连续的，或者在时域上可以是不连续的，等等。此外，在图11的示例中，终端设备120或网络设备110也可以从第一集合210中的传输时机210-1至210-4中确定任何其他的两个或更多个传输时机来发送或接收控制信息425。更一般地，如果第一集合210存在更多的传输时机，则终端设备120或网络设备110也可以从第一集合210中确定出数目小于或等于第一集合210中的传输时机总数目的传输时机来发送或接收控制信息425。
图12示出了根据本公开的实施例的在共享信道140的传输时机集合210中确定一个或多个传输时机用于传输控制信息425的另一示例。如图12所示，共享信道140的传输时机的第一集合210包括传输时机210-1至210-4。控制信道150的传输时机的第二集合350包括传输时机350-1和350-2。控制信道150的传输时机350-1和350-2均与指向网络设备110的波束122相关联。图12中描绘了用于承载控制信息425的控制信道150的传输时机350-1和350-2分别与共享信道140的传输时机210-1和210-2在时域上重叠。另外，图12中还描绘了传输时机210-1和210-2在时隙505之内，而传输时机210-3和210-4在时隙515之内。这意味着共享信道140的传输时机可以是子时隙级别的，并且第一集合210可以是跨时隙的。将明白，图11中的传输时机210-1至210-4位于两个时隙中仅是示例性的，无意以任何方式限制本公开的范围。在其他实施例中，传输时机210-1至210-4也可以在同一个时隙内，或者分别位于更多的时隙中。
在图12的示例中，由于控制信道150的第二波束赋形方式为第二集合350中的传输时机350-1和350-2均与相同的波束122相关联，所以终端设备120可以从共享信道140的第一集合210中确定一个传输时机210-1，以向网络设备110传输控制信息425，而网络设备110可以同样地从共享信道140的第一集合210中确定一个传输时机210-1，以从终端设备120接收控制信息425。例如，在图12的传输时机210-1中，控制信息425可以承载在用于传输解调参考信号的时频资源510-1之后的时频资源520-1上，并且时频资源520-1在频域上可以是不连续的。需要说明的是，图12中示出的用于承载控制信息425的特定时频资源仅是示例性的，无意以任何方式限制本公开的范围。在其他实施例中，共享信道140的传输时机中用于承载控制信息425的时频资源可以在任何适当的位置。例如，用于承载控制信息425的时频资源可以不与承载解调参考信号的时频资源相邻，或者在频域上可以是连续的，或者在时域上可以是不连续的，等等。此外，在图12的示例中，终端设备120或网络设备110也可以从第一集合210中确定传输时机210-2、传输时机210-3、或传输时机210-4来发送或接收控制信息425。更一般地，如果第一集合210中存在更多的传输时机，则终端设备120或网络设备110也可以从第一集合210中的这些传输时机中确定出一个传输时机来发送或接收控制信息425。
如上文参考图4所描述的，在一些实施例中，终端设备120和网络设备110还可以基于共享信道140的第一波束赋形方式和控制信道150的第二波束赋形方式两者，从第一集合210中确定(450)传输时机以用于传输控制信息425。具体地，如果第一波束赋形方式为第一集合210中存在多个传输时机与不同波束相关联，并且第二波束赋形方式为第二集合350中存在多个传输时机与不同波束相关联，则终端设备120或网络设备110 可以从第一集合210中确定与不同波束相关联的多个传输时机，以用于传输控制信息425。否则，如果第一波束赋形方式和第二波束赋形方式之一不满足上述条件，则终端设备120或网络设备110可以仅从第一集合210中确定一个传输时机，以用于传输控制信息425。以此方式，在控制信息425需要多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输以获得高可靠性，并且共享信道140将使用多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输时，控制信息425通过共享信道140的传输可以优先满足控制信息425的传输可靠性。需要说明的是，在基于第一波束赋形方式和第二波束赋形方式两者来确定用于传输控制信息425的共享信道140的传输时机时，终端设备120和网络设备110可以逐个传输时机地确定其是否满足关于第一波束赋形方式的条件和关于第二波束赋形方式的条件这两方面的条件，而不是先使用关于第一波束赋形方式的条件确定出一些传输时机，然后使用关于第二波束赋形方式的条件确定出另一些传输时机，再确定这两次得出的传输时机的交集。下文将参考图13来详细描述基于第一波束赋形方式和第二波束赋形两者从第一集合210中确定传输时机的示例。
图13示出了根据本公开的实施例的在共享信道140的传输时机集合210中确定一个或多个传输时机用于传输控制信息425的另一示例。如图13所示，共享信道140的传输时机的第一集合210中的传输时机210-1和210-3与指向网络设备110的波束122相关联，而传输时机210-2和210-4与指向网络设备115的波束124相关联。控制信道150的传输时机的第二集合350中的传输时机350-1和350-2分别与指向网络设备110的波束122和指向网络设备115的波束124相关联。图13中描绘了用于承载控制信息425的控制信道150的传输时机350-1和350-2分别与共享信道140的传输时机210-1和210-2在时域上重叠。另外，图13中还描绘了传输时机210-1和210-2在时隙505之内，而传输时机210-3和210-4在时隙515之内。这意味着共享信道140的传输时机可以是子时隙级别的，并且第一集合210可以是跨时隙的。将明白，图13中的传输时机210-1至210-4位于两个时隙中仅是示例性的，无意以任何方式限制本公开的范围。在其他实施例中，传输时机210-1至210-4也可以在同一个时隙内，或者分别位于更多的时隙中。
在图13的示例中，由于共享信道140的第一波束赋形方式为第一集合210中的传输时机210-1和210-2分别与不同的波束122和124相关联，并且控制信道150的第二波束赋形方式为第二集合350中的传输时机350-1和350-2分别与不同的波束122和124相关联，所以终端设备120可以从第一集合210中确定多个传输时机210-1和210-2，以向网络设备110传输控制信息425，而网络设备110可以同样地从第一集合210中确定多个传输时机210-1和210-2，以从终端设备120接收控制信息425。例如，在图13的传输时机210-1和210-2中，控制信息425可以分别承载在用于传输解调参考信号的时频资源510-1和510-2之后的时频资源520-1和520-2上，并且时频资源520-1和520-2在频域上可以是不连续的。需要说明的是，图13中示出的用于承载控制信息425的特定时频资源仅是示例性的，无意以任何方式限制本公开的范围。在其他实施例中，共享信道140的传输时机中用于承载控制信息425的时频资源可以在任何适当的位置。例如，用于承载控制信息425的时频资源可以不与承载解调参考信号的时频资源相邻，或者在频域上可以是连续的，或者在时域上可以是不连续的，等等。
此外，在图13的示例中，终端设备120或网络设备110也可以从第一集合210中确定传输时机210-1和210-4、传输时机210-2和210-3、或传输时机210-3和210-4来发 送或接收控制信息425，因为这些传输时机也是与不同的波束122和124相关联的传输时机。更一般地，如果第一集合210中存在更多的传输时机与不同的波束相关联，则终端设备120或网络设备110也可以从第一集合210中确定出这些传输时机来发送或接收控制信息425。例如，假设图13中的传输时机210-1至210-4分别与四个不同的波束相关联，则终端设备120或网络设备110可以选择传输时机210-1至210-4的全部，用于发送或接收控制信息425。
图14示出了根据本公开的实施例的用于通信的示例方法1400的流程图。在一些实施例中，示例方法1400可以由示例通信系统100中的终端设备120来实现，例如可以由终端设备120的处理器或处理单元配合其他组件(例如，收发器)来实现。在其他实施例中，示例方法1400也可以由独立于示例通信系统100的其他通信设备来实现，或者可以由示例通信系统100中的其他通信设备来实现。为了便于说明，将参考图1至4来论述示例方法1400。
在框1410处，终端设备120从网络设备110接收共享信道的第一调度信息，第一调度信息指示共享信道的共享信道传输时机的集合和共享信道的第一波束赋形方式。在框1420处，终端设备120从网络设备110接收控制信道的第二调度信息，第二调度信息指示控制信道的控制信道传输时机和/或控制信道的第二波束赋形方式。在框1430处，终端设备120确定控制信道传输时机是否与集合中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机具有至少部分重叠的时域资源。在框1440处，如果终端设备120确定控制信道传输时机与集合中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机具有至少部分重叠的时域资源，则终端设备120基于第一波束赋形方式和第二波束赋形方式中的至少一者，从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机。其中，第二调度信息指示控制信道的第二波束赋形方式是可选的。在框1450处，终端设备120在至少一个共享信道传输时机向网络设备110发送与控制信道相关联的控制信息。通过示例方法1400，终端设备120与网络设备110之间的控制信息的传输可靠性可以得到提升，同时还可以兼顾共享信道中的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性，从而改进网络设备110与终端设备120之间的通信性能。
在一些实施例中，从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：如果第一波束赋形方式为集合中存在多个共享信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则终端设备120从集合中确定与不同波束相关联的多个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在网络设备110的多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输的场景中，终端设备120与网络设备110之间的控制信息的传输可靠性可以得到提升，从而提高终端设备120与网络设备110之间的通信性能。
可选的，该多个共享信道传输时机的每个传输时机所关联的发送波束互不相同。
在一些实施例中，多个共享信道传输时机是共享信道传输时机集合中在时域上编号连续的多个共享信道传输时机；或者多个共享信道传输时机彼此之间的时间间隔小于或者等于预定时长。该多个共享信道传输时机用于承载控制信息。如此，可以确保终端设备120与网络设备110之间的控制信息传输的时延较小，避免了控制信息无法在预定时间内被接收还同时影响共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输性能。
在一些实施例中，从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：终端设备120确定用于生成控制信息的时间段；终端设备120基于时间段确定集合的子集，子集中的共享信道传输时机的起始时间点与接收到第二调度信息的接收时间点之间的时长大于上述时间段；以及终端设备120从子集中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，本公 开的实施例的示例方法1400可以适应处理能力较低的终端设备120，满足其较低处理能力的限制。
在一些实施例中，从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：如果第一波束赋形方式为集合中的全部共享信道传输时机与相同的波束相关联，则终端设备120从集合中确定一个共享信道传输时机。如此，在控制信息通过共享信道被传输的情况下，可以尽可能减小控制信息对共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输性能的影响，达到控制信息与数据或其他信息的传输性能的折中。
在一些实施例中，共享信道传输时机集合是第一集合，上述控制信道传输时机是控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且从第一集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：如果第二波束赋形方式为第二集合中存在多个控制信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则终端设备120从第一集合中确定多个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在控制信息需要多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输以获得高可靠性时，控制信息通过共享信道的传输可以优先满足控制信息的传输可靠性。
在一些实施例中，共享信道传输时机集合是第一集合，上述控制信道传输时机是控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且从第一集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：如果第二波束赋形方式为第二集合中的全部控制信道传输时机与相同的波束相关联，则终端设备120从第一集合中确定一个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在控制信息无需多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输以获得高可靠性时，控制信息通过共享信道的传输可以优先满足共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性。
在一些实施例中，共享信道传输时机集合是第一集合，上述控制信道传输时机是控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且从第一集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：如果第一波束赋形方式为第一集合中存在多个共享信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，并且第二波束赋形方式为第二集合中存在多个控制信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则终端设备120从第一集合中确定与不同波束相关联的多个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在控制信息需要多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输以获得高可靠性，并且共享信道将使用多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输时，控制信息通过共享信道的传输可以优先满足控制信息的传输可靠性。
可选的，第一集合为终端设备基于时间段确定的集合中的子集。
在一些实施例中，至少一个共享信道传输时机包括多个共享信道传输时机，并且发送控制信息包括：终端设备120在多个共享信道传输时机中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机均发送与控制信息相对应的多个调制符号。如此，控制信息通过共享信道的多个传输时机的传输可靠性可以提高。
在一些实施例中，至少一个共享信道传输时机包括多个共享信道传输时机，并且发送控制信息包括：终端设备120在多个共享信道传输时机分别发送与控制信息相对应的多个调制符号中的部分调制符号。如此，共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性可以提高。
在一些实施例中，在多个共享信道传输时机分别发送的调制符号的数量基于多个共享信道传输时机包括的时频资源的相应数量来确定。以此方式，控制信息的调制符号可以按照传输时机的时频资源数量来分配到各个传输时机，降低了所承载的控制信息对共 享信道的时频资源数量较少的传输时机中的数据或其他信息的影响。
在一些实现方式中，波束赋形方式是网络设备通过空间滤波指示信息，或者通过探测(sounding)参考信号指示信息指示的。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机用于承载同一个传输块。可选的，同一个传输块经过至少一个冗余版本取值形成的调制符号分别映射到该至少一个共享信道传输时机上。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机由一个DCI信令调度，即第一调度信息承载于一个DCI信令中。第一调度信息中包括指示至少一个共享信道传输时机的数量信息。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机分别由至少一个DCI信令调度，每个DCI信令分别用于指示一个共享信道传输时机的时域位置。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机和控制信道传输时机位于同一个载波，或者，同一个部分带宽(BWP)上。
图15示出了根据本公开的实施例的用于通信的另一示例方法1500的流程图。在一些实施例中，示例方法1500可以由示例通信系统100中的网络设备110来实现，例如可以由网络设备110的处理器或处理单元配合其他组件(例如，收发器)来实现。在其他实施例中，示例方法1500也可以由独立于示例通信系统100的其他通信设备来实现，或者可以由示例通信系统100中的其他通信设备来实现。为了便于说明，将参考图1至4来论述示例方法1500。
在框1510处，网络设备110向终端设备120发送共享信道的第一调度信息，第一调度信息指示共享信道的共享信道传输时机的集合和共享信道的第一波束赋形方式。在框1520处，网络设备110向终端设备120发送控制信道的第二调度信息，第二调度信息指示控制信道的控制信道传输时机和/或控制信道的第二波束赋形方式。在框1530处，网络设备110确定控制信道传输时机是否与集合中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机具有至少部分重叠的时域资源。在框1540处，如果网络设备110确定控制信道传输时机与集合中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机具有至少部分重叠的时域资源，则网络设备110基于第一波束赋形方式和第二波束赋形方式中的至少一者，从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机。其中，第二调度信息指示控制信道的第二波束赋形方式是可选的。在框1550处，网络设备110在至少一个共享信道传输时机从终端设备120接收与控制信道相关联的控制信息。通过示例方法1500，终端设备120与网络设备110之间的控制信息的传输可靠性可以得到提升，同时还可以兼顾共享信道中的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性，从而改进网络设备110与终端设备120之间的通信性能。
在一些实施例中，从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：如果第一波束赋形方式为集合中存在多个共享信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则网络设备110从集合中确定与不同波束相关联的多个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在网络设备110的多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输的场景中，终端设备120与网络设备110之间的控制信息的传输可靠性可以得到提升，从而提高终端设备120与网络设备110之间的通信性能。
可选的，该多个共享信道传输时机的每个传输时机所关联的发送波束互不相同。
在一些实施例中，多个共享信道传输时机是集合中在时域上编号连续的多个共享信道传输时机；或者多个共享信道传输时机彼此之间的时间间隔小于或者等于预定时长。 该多个共享信道传输时机用于承载控制信息。如此，可以确保终端设备120与网络设备110之间的控制信息传输的时延较小，避免了控制信息无法在预定时间内被接收还同时影响共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输性能。
在一些实施例中，从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：网络设备110确定终端设备120用于生成控制信息的时间段；网络设备110基于时间段确定集合的子集，子集中的共享信道传输时机的起始时间点与终端设备120接收到第二调度信息的接收时间点之间的时长大于上述时间段；以及网络设备110从子集中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，本公开的实施例的示例方法1500可以适应处理能力较低的终端设备120，满足其较低处理能力的限制。
在一些实施例中，从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：如果第一波束赋形方式为集合中的全部共享信道传输时机与相同的波束相关联，则网络设备110从集合中确定一个共享信道传输时机。如此，在控制信息通过共享信道被传输的情况下，可以尽可能减小控制信息对共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输性能的影响，达到控制信息与数据或其他信息的传输性能的折中。
在一些实施例中，共享信道传输时机集合是第一集合，上述控制信道传输时机是控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且从第一集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：如果第二波束赋形方式为第二集合中存在多个控制信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则网络设备110从第一集合中确定多个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在控制信息需要多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输以获得高可靠性时，控制信息通过共享信道的传输可以优先满足控制信息的传输可靠性。
在一些实施例中，共享信道传输时机集合是第一集合，上述控制信道传输时机是控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且从第一集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：如果第二波束赋形方式为第二集合中的全部控制信道传输时机与相同的波束相关联，则网络设备110从第一集合中确定一个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在控制信息无需多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输以获得高可靠性时，控制信息通过共享信道的传输可以优先满足共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性。
在一些实施例中，共享信道传输时机集合是第一集合，上述控制信道传输时机是控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且从第一集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：如果第一波束赋形方式为第一集合中存在多个共享信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，并且第二波束赋形方式为第二集合中存在多个控制信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则网络设备110从第一集合中确定与不同波束相关联的多个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在控制信息需要多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输以获得高可靠性，并且共享信道将使用多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输时，控制信息通过共享信道的传输可以优先满足控制信息的传输可靠性。
可选的，第一集合为终端设备基于时间段确定的集合中的子集。
在一些实施例中，至少一个共享信道传输时机包括多个共享信道传输时机，并且接收控制信息包括：网络设备110在多个共享信道传输时机中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机均接收与控制信息相对应的多个调制符号。如此，控制信息通过共享信道的多个传输时机的传输可靠性可以提高。
在一些实施例中，至少一个共享信道传输时机包括多个共享信道传输时机，并且接收控制信息包括：网络设备110在多个共享信道传输时机分别接收与控制信息相对应的多个调制符号中的部分调制符号。如此，共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性可以提高。
在一些实施例中，在多个共享信道传输时机分别发送的调制符号的数量基于多个共享信道传输时机包括的时频资源的相应数量来确定。以此方式，控制信息的调制符号可以按照传输时机的时频资源数量来分配到各个传输时机，降低了所承载的控制信息对共享信道的时频资源数量较少的传输时机中的数据或其他信息的影响。
在一些实现方式中，波束赋形方式是网络设备通过空间滤波指示信息，或者通过探测(sounding)参考信号指示信息指示的。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机用于承载同一个传输块。可选的，同一个传输块经过至少一个冗余版本取值形成的调制符号分别映射到该至少一个共享信道传输时机上。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机由一个DCI信令调度，即第一调度信息承载于一个DCI信令中。第一调度信息中包括指示至少一个共享信道传输时机的数量信息。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机分别由至少一个DCI信令调度，每个DCI信令分别用于指示一个共享信道传输时机的时域位置。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机和控制信道传输时机位于同一个载波，或者，同一个部分带宽(BWP)上。
图16示出了根据本公开的实施例的用于通信的示例装置1600的框图。在一些实施例中，示例装置1600可以在示例通信系统100中的终端设备120处实现，例如可以由终端设备120的处理器或处理单元配合其他组件(例如，收发器)来实现。在一些实施例中，示例装置1600可以实现为终端设备120。在其他实施例中，示例装置1600也可以由独立于示例通信系统100的通信设备来实现。
在一些实施例中，示例装置1600可以包括接收器1610、处理器1620和发射器1630。接收器1610被配置为从网络设备接收共享信道的第一调度信息，第一调度信息指示共享信道的共享信道传输时机的集合和共享信道的第一波束赋形方式。接收器1610还被配置为从网络设备接收控制信道的第二调度信息，第二调度信息指示控制信道的控制信道传输时机和/或控制信道的第二波束赋形方式。处理器1620被配置为如果确定控制信道传输时机与集合中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机具有至少部分重叠的时域资源，则基于第一波束赋形方式和第二波束赋形方式中的至少一者，从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机。其中，第二调度信息指示控制信道的第二波束赋形方式是可选的。发射器1630被配置为在至少一个共享信道传输时机向网络设备发送与控制信道相关联的控制信息。通过该装置，终端设备与网络设备之间的控制信息的传输可靠性可以得到提升，同时还可以兼顾共享信道中的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性，从而改进网络设备与终端设备之间的通信性能。
在一些实施例中，处理器1620还被配置为通过以下方式从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机：如果第一波束赋形方式为集合中存在多个共享信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则从集合中确定与不同波束相关联的多个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在 网络设备的多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输的场景中，终端设备与网络设备之间的控制信息的传输可靠性可以得到提升，从而提高终端设备与网络设备之间的通信性能。
可选的，该多个共享信道传输时机的每个传输时机所关联的发送波束互不相同。
在一些实施例中，多个共享信道传输时机是集合中在时域上编号连续的多个共享信道传输时机；或者多个共享信道传输时机彼此之间的时间间隔小于或者等于预定时长。该多个共享信道传输时机用于承载控制信息。如此，可以确保终端设备与网络设备之间的控制信息传输的时延较小，避免了控制信息无法在预定时间内被接收还同时影响共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输性能。
在一些实施例中，处理器1620还被配置为通过以下方式从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机：确定用于生成控制信息的时间段；基于时间段确定集合的子集，子集中的共享信道传输时机的起始时间点与接收到第二调度信息的接收时间点之间的时长大于上述时间段；以及从子集中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，本公开的实施例的示例装置1600可以适应处理能力较低的终端设备，满足其较低处理能力的限制。
在一些实施例中，处理器1620还被配置为通过以下方式从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机：如果第一波束赋形方式为集合中的全部共享信道传输时机与相同的波束相关联，则从集合中确定一个共享信道传输时机。如此，在控制信息通过共享信道被传输的情况下，可以尽可能减小控制信息对共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输性能的影响，达到控制信息与数据或其他信息的传输性能的折中。
在一些实施例中，共享信道传输时机集合是第一集合，上述控制信道传输时机是控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且处理器1620还被配置为通过以下方式从第一集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机：如果第二波束赋形方式为第二集合中存在多个控制信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则从第一集合中确定多个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在控制信息需要多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输以获得高可靠性时，控制信息通过共享信道的传输可以优先满足控制信息的传输可靠性。
在一些实施例中，共享信道传输时机集合是第一集合，上述控制信道传输时机是控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且处理器1620还被配置为通过以下方式从第一集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机：如果第二波束赋形方式为第二集合中的全部控制信道传输时机与相同的波束相关联，则从第一集合中确定一个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在控制信息无需多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输以获得高可靠性时，控制信息通过共享信道的传输可以优先满足共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性。
在一些实施例中，共享信道传输时机集合是第一集合，上述控制信道传输时机是控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且处理器1620还被配置为通过以下方式从第一集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机：如果第一波束赋形方式为第一集合中存在多个共享信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，并且第二波束赋形方式为第二集合中存在多个控制信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则从第一集合中确定与不同波束相关联的多个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在控制信息需要多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输以获得高可靠性，并且共享信道将使用多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输时，控制信息通过共享信道的传输可以优先满足控制信息的传输可靠性。
可选的，第一集合为终端设备基于时间段确定的集合中的子集。
在一些实施例中，至少一个共享信道传输时机包括多个共享信道传输时机，并且发射器1630还被配置为通过以下方式发送控制信息：在多个共享信道传输时机中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机均发送与控制信息相对应的多个调制符号。如此，控制信息通过共享信道的多个传输时机的传输可靠性可以提高。
在一些实施例中，至少一个共享信道传输时机包括多个共享信道传输时机，并且发射器1630还被配置为通过以下方式发送控制信息：在多个共享信道传输时机分别发送与控制信息相对应的多个调制符号中的部分调制符号。如此，共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性可以提高。
在一些实施例中，在多个共享信道传输时机分别发送的调制符号的数量基于多个共享信道传输时机包括的时频资源的相应数量来确定。以此方式，控制信息的调制符号可以按照传输时机的时频资源数量来分配到各个传输时机，降低了所承载的控制信息对共享信道的时频资源数量较少的传输时机中的数据或其他信息的影响。
在一些实现方式中，波束赋形方式是网络设备通过空间滤波指示信息，或者通过探测(sounding)参考信号指示信息指示的。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机用于承载同一个传输块。可选的，同一个传输块经过至少一个冗余版本取值形成的调制符号分别映射到该至少一个共享信道传输时机上。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机由一个DCI信令调度，即第一调度信息承载于一个DCI信令中。第一调度信息中包括指示至少一个共享信道传输时机的数量信息。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机分别由至少一个DCI信令调度，每个DCI信令分别用于指示一个共享信道传输时机的时域位置。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机和控制信道传输时机位于同一个载波，或者，同一个部分带宽(BWP)上。
图17示出了根据本公开的实施例的用于通信的另一示例装置1700的框图。在一些实施例中，示例装置1700可以在示例通信系统100中的网络设备110处实现，例如可以由网络设备110的处理器或处理单元配合其他组件(例如，收发器)来实现。在一些实施例中，示例装置1700可以实现为网络设备110。在其他实施例中，示例装置1700也可以由独立于示例通信系统100的通信设备来实现。
在一些实施例中，示例装置1700可以包括发射器1710、处理器1720和接收器1730。发射器1710被配置为向终端设备发送共享信道的第一调度信息，第一调度信息指示共享信道的共享信道传输时机的集合和共享信道的第一波束赋形方式。发射器1710还被配置为向终端设备发送控制信道的第二调度信息，第二调度信息指示控制信道的控制信道传输时机和/或控制信道的第二波束赋形方式。处理器1720被配置为如果确定控制信道传输时机与集合中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机具有至少部分重叠的时域资源，则基于第一波束赋形方式和第二波束赋形方式中的至少一者，从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机。其中，第二调度信息指示控制信道的第二波束赋形方式是可选的。接收器1730被配置为在至少一个共享信道传输时机从终端设备接收与控制信道相关联的控制信息。通过该装置，终端设备与网络设备之间的控制信息的传输可靠性可以得到提升，同时还 可以兼顾共享信道中的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性，从而改进网络设备与终端设备之间的通信性能。
在一些实施例中，处理器1720还被配置为通过以下方式从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机：如果第一波束赋形方式为集合中存在多个共享信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则从集合中确定与不同波束相关联的多个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在网络设备的多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输的场景中，终端设备与网络设备之间的控制信息的传输可靠性可以得到提升，从而提高终端设备与网络设备之间的通信性能。
可选的，该多个共享信道传输时机的每个传输时机所关联的发送波束互不相同。
在一些实施例中，多个共享信道传输时机是集合中在时域上编号连续的多个共享信道传输时机；或者多个共享信道传输时机彼此之间的时间间隔小于或者等于预定时长。该多个共享信道传输时机用于承载控制信息。如此，可以确保终端设备与网络设备之间的控制信息传输的时延较小，避免了控制信息无法在预定时间内被接收还同时影响共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输性能。
在一些实施例中，处理器1720还被配置为通过以下方式从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机：确定终端设备用于生成控制信息的时间段；基于时间段确定集合的子集，子集中的共享信道传输时机的起始时间点与终端设备接收到第二调度信息的接收时间点之间的时长大于上述时间段；以及从子集中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，本公开的实施例的示例装置1700可以适应处理能力较低的终端设备，满足其较低处理能力的限制。
在一些实施例中，处理器1720还被配置为通过以下方式从集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机：如果第一波束赋形方式为集合中的全部共享信道传输时机与相同的波束相关联，则从集合中确定一个共享信道传输时机。如此，在控制信息通过共享信道被传输的情况下，可以尽可能减小控制信息对共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输性能的影响，达到控制信息与数据或其他信息的传输性能的折中。
在一些实施例中，共享信道传输时机集合是第一集合，上述控制信道传输时机是控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且处理器1720还被配置为通过以下方式从第一集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机：如果第二波束赋形方式为第二集合中存在多个控制信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则从第一集合中确定多个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在控制信息需要多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输以获得高可靠性时，控制信息通过共享信道的传输可以优先满足控制信息的传输可靠性。
在一些实施例中，共享信道传输时机集合是第一集合，上述控制信道传输时机是控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且处理器1720还被配置为通过以下方式从第一集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机：如果第二波束赋形方式为第二集合中的全部控制信道传输时机与相同的波束相关联，则从第一集合中确定一个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在控制信息无需多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输以获得高可靠性时，控制信息通过共享信道的传输可以优先满足共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性。
在一些实施例中，共享信道传输时机集合是第一集合，上述控制信道传输时机是控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且处理器1720还 被配置为通过以下方式从第一集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机：如果第一波束赋形方式为第一集合中存在多个共享信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，并且第二波束赋形方式为第二集合中存在多个控制信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则从第一集合中确定与不同波束相关联的多个共享信道传输时机。以此方式，在控制信息需要多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输以获得高可靠性，并且共享信道将使用多点协同传输或多发送接收点传输时，控制信息通过共享信道的传输可以优先满足控制信息的传输可靠性。
可选的，第一集合为终端设备基于时间段确定的集合中的子集。
在一些实施例中，至少一个共享信道传输时机包括多个共享信道传输时机，并且接收器1730还被配置为通过以下方式接收控制信息：在多个共享信道传输时机中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机均接收与控制信息相对应的多个调制符号。如此，控制信息通过共享信道的多个传输时机的传输可靠性可以提高。
在一些实施例中，至少一个共享信道传输时机包括多个共享信道传输时机，并且接收器1730还被配置为通过以下方式接收控制信息：在多个共享信道传输时机分别接收与控制信息相对应的多个调制符号中的部分调制符号。如此，共享信道上的数据或其他信息的传输可靠性可以提高。
在一些实施例中，在多个共享信道传输时机分别发送的调制符号的数量基于多个共享信道传输时机包括的时频资源的相应数量来确定。以此方式，控制信息的调制符号可以按照传输时机的时频资源数量来分配到各个传输时机，降低了所承载的控制信息对共享信道的时频资源数量较少的传输时机中的数据或其他信息的影响。
在一些实现方式中，波束赋形方式是网络设备通过空间滤波指示信息，或者通过探测(sounding)参考信号指示信息指示的。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机用于承载同一个传输块。可选的，同一个传输块经过至少一个冗余版本取值形成的调制符号分别映射到该至少一个共享信道传输时机上。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机由一个DCI信令调度，即第一调度信息承载于一个DCI信令中。第一调度信息中包括指示至少一个共享信道传输时机的数量信息。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机分别由至少一个DCI信令调度，每个DCI信令分别用于指示一个共享信道传输时机的时域位置。
在一些实现方式中，至少一个共享信道传输时机和控制信道传输时机位于同一个载波，或者，同一个部分带宽(BWP)上。
图18示出了根据本公开的实施例的示例电子设备1800的框图。示例电子设备1800可以用来实现通信设备，例如图1中的网络设备110和115以及终端设备120和130等。因此，在本文中，示例电子设备1800也可以称为示例通信设备1800。如图18所示，示例通信设备1800可以包括处理器1810和耦合到处理器1810的存储器1820。存储器1820中存储有计算机程序指令1825。此外，示例通信设备1800还可以包括耦合到处理器1810的通信模块1830。通信模块1830可以用于双向通信，并且可以具有至少一个线缆、光缆、无线接口等以用于促进通信。通信接口可以表示用于与其他设备通信的任何接口。
处理器1810可以具有适合于本地技术环境的任何类型，并且作为非限制性示例可以包括以下一个或多个：通用计算机、专用计算机、微处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP) 和基于多核处理器架构的处理器。示例通信设备1800可以具有多个处理器，诸如在时间上跟随与主处理器同步的时钟进行从动的专用集成电路芯片。存储器1820可以包括一个或多个非易失性存储器和一个或多个易失性存储器。非易失性存储器的示例包括但不限于只读存储器(ROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(EPROM)、闪存、硬盘、压缩盘(CD)、数字多功能盘(DVD)、以及其他磁存储设备和/或光学存储设备。易失性存储器的示例包括但不限于随机存储存取器(RAM)或者在掉电期间无法持续的其他易失性存储器。计算机程序指令1825可以包括计算机可执行指令，这些指令由相关联的处理器1810可执行。在一些实施例中，计算机程序指令1825可以被存储在存储器1820的ROM中。处理器1810可以通过将存储器1820加载到存储器1820的RAM中，来执行各种适当的动作和处理。本公开的实施例可通过计算机程序指令1825来实现，以使示例通信设备1800执行如以上参考图4、图14和图15所论述的本公开的任何方法或过程。当然，本公开的实施例也可以由硬件或软件与硬件的组合来实现。
在一些实施例中，计算机程序指令1825可以被有形地包含于计算机可读介质中。这样的计算机可读介质可以被包括在示例通信设备1800(例如，存储器1820)中或者被包括在示例通信设备1800可访问的其他存储设备中。示例通信设备1800可以将计算机程序指令1825从计算机可读介质读取到存储器1820的RAM以用于执行。计算机可读介质可以包括各种有形的非易失性存储设备，诸如ROM、EPROM、闪存、硬盘、CD、DVD等。
一般而言，本公开的各种示例实施例可以在硬件或专用电路、软件、逻辑，或其任何组合中实施。某些方面可以在硬件中实施，而其他方面可以在可以由控制器、微处理器或其他计算设备执行的固件或软件中实施。例如，在一些实施例中，本公开的各种示例(例如方法、装置或设备)可以部分或者全部被实现在计算机可读介质上。当本公开的实施例的各方面被图示或描述为框图、流程图或使用某些其他图形表示时，将理解此处描述的方框、装置、系统、技术或方法可以作为非限制性的示例在硬件、软件、固件、专用电路或逻辑、通用硬件或控制器或其他计算设备，或其某些组合中实施。
本公开还提供了存储在非瞬态计算机可读存储介质上的至少一种计算机程序产品。计算机程序产品包括计算机可执行指令，计算机可执行指令诸如包括在目标的物理或者虚拟处理器上的器件中执行的程序模块中，用以执行上文关于图4、图14和图15描述的示例方法或示例过程400、1400和1500。一般而言，程序模块可以包括例程、程序、库、对象、类、组件、数据结构等，其执行特定的任务或者实现特定的抽象数据结构。在各实施例中，程序模块的功能可以在所描述的程序模块之间合并或者分割。用于程序模块的计算机可执行指令可以在本地或者分布式设备内执行。在分布式设备中，程序模块可以位于本地和远程存储介质二者中。
用于实现本公开的方法的程序代码可以用一种或多种编程语言编写。这些计算机程序代码可以提供给通用计算机、专用计算机或其他可编程的数据处理装置的处理器，使得程序代码在被计算机或其他可编程的数据处理装置执行的时候，引起在流程图和/或框图中规定的功能/操作被实施。程序代码可以完全在计算机上、部分在计算机上、作为独立的软件包、部分在计算机上且部分在远程计算机上或完全在远程计算机或服务器上执行。在本公开的上下文中，计算机程序代码或相关数据可以由任何适当的载体来承载，以使设备、装置或处理器能够执行上文描述的各种过程和操作。载体的示例包括信号、 计算机可读介质，等等。
计算机可读介质可以是计算机可读信号介质或计算机可读存储介质。计算机可读介质可以包括但不限于电子的、磁的、光学的、电磁的、红外的或半导体系统、装置或设备，或其任何合适的组合。机器可读存储介质的更详细示例包括带有一根或多根导线的电气连接、便携式计算机磁盘、硬盘、随机存储存取器(RAM)、只读存储器(ROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(EPROM或闪存)、光纤、便携式压缩盘只读存储器(CD-ROM)、光存储设备、磁存储设备，或其任何合适的组合。
另外，尽管操作以特定顺序被描绘，但这并不应该理解为要求此类操作以示出的特定顺序或以相继顺序完成，或者执行所有图示的操作以获取期望结果。在某些情况下，多任务或并行处理会是有益的。同样地，尽管上述论述包含了某些特定的实施细节，但这并不应解释为限制任何发明或权利要求的范围，而应解释为对可以针对特定发明的特定实施例的描述。本说明书中在分离的实施例的上下文中描述的某些特征也可以整合实施在单个实施例中。反之，在单个实施例的上下文中描述的各种特征也可以分离地在多个实施例或在任何合适的子组合中实施。
尽管已经以特定于结构特征和/或方法动作的语言描述了主题，但是应当理解，所附权利要求中限定的主题并不限于上文描述的特定特征或动作。相反，上文描述的特定特征和动作是作为实现权利要求的示例形式而被公开的。

Claims (48)

  1. 一种用于通信的方法，包括：
    终端设备从网络设备接收共享信道的第一调度信息，所述第一调度信息指示所述共享信道的共享信道传输时机的集合和所述共享信道的第一波束赋形方式；
    所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收控制信道的第二调度信息，所述第二调度信息指示所述控制信道的控制信道传输时机，和/或，所述控制信道的第二波束赋形方式；
    如果所述终端设备确定所述控制信道传输时机与所述集合中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机具有至少部分重叠的时域资源，则所述终端设备基于所述第一波束赋形方式和所述第二波束赋形方式中的至少一者，从所述集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机；以及
    所述终端设备在所述至少一个共享信道传输时机向所述网络设备发送与所述控制信道相关联的控制信息。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中从所述集合中确定所述至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：
    如果所述第一波束赋形方式为所述集合中存在多个共享信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则所述终端设备从所述集合中确定与不同波束相关联的所述多个共享信道传输时机。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其中：
    所述多个共享信道传输时机是所述集合中在时域上编号连续的多个共享信道传输时机；或者，
    所述多个共享信道传输时机彼此之间的时间间隔小于或等于预定时长。
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中从所述集合中确定所述至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：
    所述终端设备确定用于生成所述控制信息的时间段；
    所述终端设备基于所述时间段确定所述集合的子集，所述子集中的共享信道传输时机的起始时间点与接收到所述第二调度信息的接收时间点之间的时长大于所述时间段；以及
    所述终端设备从所述子集中确定所述至少一个共享信道传输时机。
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中从所述集合中确定所述至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：
    如果所述第一波束赋形方式为所述集合中的全部共享信道传输时机与相同的波束相关联，则所述终端设备从所述集合中确定一个共享信道传输时机。
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中所述集合是第一集合，所述控制信道传输时机是所述控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且其中从所述第一集合中确定所述至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：
    如果所述第二波束赋形方式为所述第二集合中存在多个控制信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则所述终端设备从所述第一集合中确定多个共享信道传输时机。
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中所述集合是第一集合，所述控制信道传输时机是所述控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且其中从所述第一集合中确定所述至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：
    如果所述第二波束赋形方式为所述第二集合中的全部控制信道传输时机与相同的波束相关联，则所述终端设备从所述第一集合中确定一个共享信道传输时机。
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中所述集合是第一集合，所述控制信道传输时机是所述控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且其中从所述第一集合中确定所述至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：
    如果所述第一波束赋形方式为所述第一集合中存在多个共享信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，并且所述第二波束赋形方式为所述第二集合中存在多个控制信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则所述终端设备从所述第一集合中确定与不同波束相关联的所述多个共享信道传输时机。
  9. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中所述至少一个共享信道传输时机包括多个共享信道传输时机，并且其中发送所述控制信息包括：
    所述终端设备在所述多个共享信道传输时机中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机均发送与所述控制信息相对应的多个调制符号。
  10. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中所述至少一个共享信道传输时机包括多个共享信道传输时机，并且其中发送所述控制信息包括：
    所述终端设备在所述多个共享信道传输时机分别发送与所述控制信息相对应的多个调制符号中的部分调制符号。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其中在所述多个共享信道传输时机分别发送的调制符号的数量基于所述多个共享信道传输时机包括的时频资源的相应数量来确定。
  12. 一种用于通信的方法，包括：
    网络设备向终端设备发送共享信道的第一调度信息，所述第一调度信息指示所述共享信道的共享信道传输时机的集合和所述共享信道的第一波束赋形方式；
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送控制信道的第二调度信息，所述第二调度信息指示所述控制信道的控制信道传输时机，和/或，所述控制信道的第二波束赋形方式；
    如果所述网络设备确定所述控制信道传输时机与所述集合中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机具有至少部分重叠的时域资源，则所述网络设备基于所述第一波束赋形方式和所述第二波束赋形方式中的至少一者，从所述集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机；以及
    所述网络设备在所述至少一个共享信道传输时机从所述终端设备接收与所述控制信道相关联的控制信息。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其中从所述集合中确定所述至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：
    如果所述第一波束赋形方式为所述集合中存在多个共享信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则所述网络设备从所述集合中确定与不同波束相关联的所述多个共享信道传输时机。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其中：
    所述多个共享信道传输时机是所述集合中在时域上编号连续的多个共享信道传输时机；或者
    所述多个共享信道传输时机彼此之间的时间间隔小于或等于预定时长。
  15. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其中从所述集合中确定所述至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：
    所述网络设备确定所述终端设备用于生成所述控制信息的时间段；
    所述网络设备基于所述时间段确定所述集合的子集，所述子集中的共享信道传输时机的起始时间点与所述终端设备接收到所述第二调度信息的接收时间点之间的时长大于所述时间 段；以及
    所述网络设备从所述子集中确定所述至少一个共享信道传输时机。
  16. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其中从所述集合中确定所述至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：
    如果所述第一波束赋形方式为所述集合中的全部共享信道传输时机与相同的波束相关联，则所述网络设备从所述集合中确定一个共享信道传输时机。
  17. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其中所述集合是第一集合，所述控制信道传输时机是所述控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且其中从所述第一集合中确定所述至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：
    如果所述第二波束赋形方式为所述第二集合中存在多个控制信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则所述网络设备从所述第一集合中确定多个共享信道传输时机。
  18. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其中所述集合是第一集合，所述控制信道传输时机是所述控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且其中从所述第一集合中确定所述至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：
    如果所述第二波束赋形方式为所述第二集合中的全部控制信道传输时机与相同的波束相关联，则所述网络设备从所述第一集合中确定一个共享信道传输时机。
  19. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其中所述集合是第一集合，所述控制信道传输时机是所述控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且其中从所述第一集合中确定所述至少一个共享信道传输时机包括：
    如果所述第一波束赋形方式为所述第一集合中存在多个共享信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，并且所述第二波束赋形方式为所述第二集合中存在多个控制信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则所述网络设备从所述第一集合中确定与不同波束相关联的所述多个共享信道传输时机。
  20. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其中所述至少一个共享信道传输时机包括多个共享信道传输时机，并且其中接收所述控制信息包括：
    所述网络设备在所述多个共享信道传输时机中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机均接收与所述控制信息相对应的多个调制符号。
  21. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其中所述至少一个共享信道传输时机包括多个共享信道传输时机，并且其中接收所述控制信息包括：
    所述网络设备在所述多个共享信道传输时机分别接收与所述控制信息相对应的多个调制符号中的部分调制符号。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法，其中在所述多个共享信道传输时机分别发送的调制符号的数量基于所述多个共享信道传输时机包括的时频资源的相应数量来确定。
  23. 一种用于通信的装置，包括：
    接收器，被配置为从网络设备接收共享信道的第一调度信息，所述第一调度信息指示所述共享信道的共享信道传输时机的集合和所述共享信道的第一波束赋形方式，并且被配置为从所述网络设备接收控制信道的第二调度信息，所述第二调度信息指示所述控制信道的控制信道传输时机，和/或，所述控制信道的第二波束赋形方式；
    处理器，被配置为如果确定所述控制信道传输时机与所述集合中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机具有至少部分重叠的时域资源，则基于所述第一波束赋形方式和所述第二波束赋形 方式中的至少一者，从所述集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机；以及
    发射器，被配置为在所述至少一个共享信道传输时机向所述网络设备发送与所述控制信道相关联的控制信息。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的装置，其中所述处理器还被配置为通过以下方式从所述集合中确定所述至少一个共享信道传输时机：
    如果所述第一波束赋形方式为所述集合中存在多个共享信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则从所述集合中确定与不同波束相关联的所述多个共享信道传输时机。
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的装置，其中：
    所述多个共享信道传输时机是所述集合中在时域上编号连续的多个共享信道传输时机；或者
    所述多个共享信道传输时机彼此之间的时间间隔小于或等于预定时长。
  26. 根据权利要求23所述的装置，其中所述处理器还被配置为通过以下方式从所述集合中确定所述至少一个共享信道传输时机：
    确定用于生成所述控制信息的时间段；
    基于所述时间段确定所述集合的子集，所述子集中的共享信道传输时机的起始时间点与接收到所述第二调度信息的接收时间点之间的时长大于所述时间段；以及
    从所述子集中确定所述至少一个共享信道传输时机。
  27. 根据权利要求23所述的装置，其中所述处理器还被配置为通过以下方式从所述集合中确定所述至少一个共享信道传输时机：
    如果所述第一波束赋形方式为所述集合中的全部共享信道传输时机与相同的波束相关联，则从所述集合中确定一个共享信道传输时机。
  28. 根据权利要求23所述的装置，其中所述集合是第一集合，所述控制信道传输时机是所述控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且其中所述处理器还被配置为通过以下方式从所述第一集合中确定所述至少一个共享信道传输时机：
    如果所述第二波束赋形方式为所述第二集合中存在多个控制信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则从所述第一集合中确定多个共享信道传输时机。
  29. 根据权利要求23所述的装置，其中所述集合是第一集合，所述控制信道传输时机是所述控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且其中所述处理器还被配置为通过以下方式从所述第一集合中确定所述至少一个共享信道传输时机：
    如果所述第二波束赋形方式为所述第二集合中的全部控制信道传输时机与相同的波束相关联，则从所述第一集合中确定一个共享信道传输时机。
  30. 根据权利要求23所述的装置，其中所述集合是第一集合，所述控制信道传输时机是所述控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且其中所述处理器还被配置为通过以下方式从所述第一集合中确定所述至少一个共享信道传输时机：
    如果所述第一波束赋形方式为所述第一集合中存在多个共享信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，并且所述第二波束赋形方式为所述第二集合中存在多个控制信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则从所述第一集合中确定与不同波束相关联的所述多个共享信道传输时机。
  31. 根据权利要求23所述的装置，其中所述至少一个共享信道传输时机包括多个共享信道传输时机，并且其中所述发射器还被配置为通过以下方式发送所述控制信息：
    在所述多个共享信道传输时机中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机均发送与所述控制信息 相对应的多个调制符号。
  32. 根据权利要求23所述的装置，其中所述至少一个共享信道传输时机包括多个共享信道传输时机，并且其中所述发射器还被配置为通过以下方式发送所述控制信息：
    在所述多个共享信道传输时机分别发送与所述控制信息相对应的多个调制符号中的部分调制符号。
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的装置，其中在所述多个共享信道传输时机分别发送的调制符号的数量基于所述多个共享信道传输时机包括的时频资源的相应数量来确定。
  34. 一种用于通信的装置，包括：
    发射器，被配置为向终端设备发送共享信道的第一调度信息，所述第一调度信息指示所述共享信道的共享信道传输时机的集合和所述共享信道的第一波束赋形方式，并且被配置为向所述终端设备发送控制信道的第二调度信息，所述第二调度信息指示所述控制信道的控制信道传输时机，和/或，所述控制信道的第二波束赋形方式；
    处理器，被配置为如果确定所述控制信道传输时机与所述集合中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机具有至少部分重叠的时域资源，则基于所述第一波束赋形方式和所述第二波束赋形方式中的至少一者，从所述集合中确定至少一个共享信道传输时机；以及
    接收器，被配置为在所述至少一个共享信道传输时机从所述终端设备接收与所述控制信道相关联的控制信息。
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的装置，其中所述处理器还被配置为通过以下方式从所述集合中确定所述至少一个共享信道传输时机：
    如果所述第一波束赋形方式为所述集合中存在多个共享信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则从所述集合中确定与不同波束相关联的所述多个共享信道传输时机。
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的装置，其中：
    所述多个共享信道传输时机是所述集合中在时域上编号连续的多个共享信道传输时机；或者
    所述多个共享信道传输时机彼此之间的时间间隔小于或等于预定时长。
  37. 根据权利要求34所述的装置，其中所述处理器还被配置为通过以下方式从所述集合中确定所述至少一个共享信道传输时机：
    确定所述终端设备用于生成所述控制信息的时间段；
    基于所述时间段确定所述集合的子集，所述子集中的共享信道传输时机的起始时间点与所述终端设备接收到所述第二调度信息的接收时间点之间的时长大于所述时间段；以及
    从所述子集中确定所述至少一个共享信道传输时机。
  38. 根据权利要求34所述的装置，其中所述处理器还被配置为通过以下方式从所述集合中确定所述至少一个共享信道传输时机：
    如果所述第一波束赋形方式为所述集合中的全部共享信道传输时机与相同的波束相关联，则从所述集合中确定一个共享信道传输时机。
  39. 根据权利要求34所述的装置，其中所述集合是第一集合，所述控制信道传输时机是所述控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且其中所述处理器还被配置为通过以下方式从所述第一集合中确定所述至少一个共享信道传输时机：
    如果所述第二波束赋形方式为所述第二集合中存在多个控制信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则从所述第一集合中确定多个共享信道传输时机。
  40. 根据权利要求34所述的装置，其中所述集合是第一集合，所述控制信道传输时机是所述控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且其中所述处理器还被配置为通过以下方式从所述第一集合中确定所述至少一个共享信道传输时机：
    如果所述第二波束赋形方式为所述第二集合中的全部控制信道传输时机与相同的波束相关联，则从所述第一集合中确定一个共享信道传输时机。
  41. 根据权利要求34所述的装置，其中所述集合是第一集合，所述控制信道传输时机是所述控制信道的控制信道传输时机的第二集合中的一个控制信道传输时机，并且其中所述处理器还被配置为通过以下方式从所述第一集合中确定所述至少一个共享信道传输时机：
    如果所述第一波束赋形方式为所述第一集合中存在多个共享信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，并且所述第二波束赋形方式为所述第二集合中存在多个控制信道传输时机与不同波束相关联，则从所述第一集合中确定与不同波束相关联的所述多个共享信道传输时机。
  42. 根据权利要求34所述的装置，其中所述至少一个共享信道传输时机包括多个共享信道传输时机，并且其中所述接收器还被配置为通过以下方式接收所述控制信息：
    在所述多个共享信道传输时机中的一个或多个共享信道传输时机均接收与所述控制信息相对应的多个调制符号。
  43. 根据权利要求34所述的装置，其中所述至少一个共享信道传输时机包括多个共享信道传输时机，并且其中所述接收器还被配置为通过以下方式接收所述控制信息：
    在所述多个共享信道传输时机分别接收与所述控制信息相对应的多个调制符号中的部分调制符号。
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的装置，其中在所述多个共享信道传输时机分别发送的调制符号的数量基于所述多个共享信道传输时机包括的时频资源的相应数量来确定。
  45. 一种终端设备，包括：
    处理器；以及
    存储器，存储有计算机程序指令，所述存储器和所述计算机程序指令被配置为，与所述处理器一起，使所述终端设备执行根据权利要求1-11中任一项所述的方法。
  46. 一种网络设备，包括：
    处理器；以及
    存储器，存储有计算机程序指令，所述存储器和所述计算机程序指令被配置为，与所述处理器一起，使所述网络设备执行根据权利要求12-22中任一项所述的方法。
  47. 一种计算机可读介质，存储有机器可执行指令，所述机器可执行指令在被终端设备执行时使所述终端设备执行根据权利要求1-11中任一项所述的方法。
  48. 一种计算机可读介质，存储有机器可执行指令，所述机器可执行指令在被网络设备执行时使所述网络设备执行根据权利要求12-22中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2021/104798 2020-07-10 2021-07-06 用于通信的方法和装置、终端设备、网络设备和介质 Ceased WO2022007801A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP21838235.6A EP4171154B1 (en) 2020-07-10 2021-07-06 Method and apparatus for communication, terminal device, network device, and medium
US18/151,986 US20230164783A1 (en) 2020-07-10 2023-01-09 Communication method and apparatus, terminal device, network device, and medium

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010664744.9 2020-07-10
CN202010664744.9A CN113923793A (zh) 2020-07-10 2020-07-10 用于通信的方法和装置、终端设备、网络设备和介质

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/151,986 Continuation US20230164783A1 (en) 2020-07-10 2023-01-09 Communication method and apparatus, terminal device, network device, and medium

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022007801A1 true WO2022007801A1 (zh) 2022-01-13
WO2022007801A9 WO2022007801A9 (zh) 2022-02-24

Family

ID=79232285

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/104798 Ceased WO2022007801A1 (zh) 2020-07-10 2021-07-06 用于通信的方法和装置、终端设备、网络设备和介质

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US20230164783A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4171154B1 (zh)
CN (1) CN113923793A (zh)
WO (1) WO2022007801A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20260046875A1 (en) * 2022-09-30 2026-02-12 Qualcomm Incorporated Uplink control information multiplexing on frequency division multiplexing channels
CN119138076A (zh) * 2023-03-31 2024-12-13 北京小米移动软件有限公司 信息传输方法及装置、通信设备、通信系统、存储介质
CN119318199A (zh) * 2023-05-12 2025-01-14 北京小米移动软件有限公司 一种通信方法、装置、设备及存储介质
CN116528369B (zh) * 2023-06-29 2023-11-17 阿里巴巴（中国）有限公司 专网基站的控制方法、设备及系统

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110831216A (zh) * 2018-08-10 2020-02-21 中国信息通信研究院 一种移动通信系统、终端、网络设备和上行信息复用方法
WO2020051152A1 (en) * 2018-09-07 2020-03-12 Intel Corporation UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION (UCI) MULTIPLEXING ON MULTIPLE PHYSICAL UPLINK SHARED CHANNELS (PUSCHs)
CN110958690A (zh) * 2018-09-26 2020-04-03 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 一种上行控制信息的发送、接收方法、终端及网络设备

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102726005B1 (ko) * 2017-06-14 2024-11-04 인터디지탈 패튼 홀딩스, 인크 신뢰성있는 제어 시그널링
CN110932820B (zh) * 2018-09-19 2022-01-14 华为技术有限公司 发送和接收上行控制信息的方法以及通信装置
EP4147512A4 (en) * 2020-05-09 2024-05-15 QUALCOMM Incorporated MULTIPLEXING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110831216A (zh) * 2018-08-10 2020-02-21 中国信息通信研究院 一种移动通信系统、终端、网络设备和上行信息复用方法
WO2020051152A1 (en) * 2018-09-07 2020-03-12 Intel Corporation UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION (UCI) MULTIPLEXING ON MULTIPLE PHYSICAL UPLINK SHARED CHANNELS (PUSCHs)
CN110958690A (zh) * 2018-09-26 2020-04-03 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 一种上行控制信息的发送、接收方法、终端及网络设备

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4171154A4

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113923793A (zh) 2022-01-11
EP4171154B1 (en) 2026-03-04
EP4171154A4 (en) 2023-12-20
WO2022007801A9 (zh) 2022-02-24
EP4171154A1 (en) 2023-04-26
US20230164783A1 (en) 2023-05-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11616629B2 (en) Method for controlling sidelink HARQ feedback and device therefor
US11546095B2 (en) Sidelink HARQ feedback transmission method and device thereof
US11576061B2 (en) Beam report for multi-stream communication
US11456838B2 (en) Method and device for determining uplink data and control signal transmission timing in wireless communication system
US11589378B2 (en) Terminal and radio communication method
US11804930B2 (en) Sidelink HARQ feedback transmission method and device thereof
US20170353985A1 (en) Method of transceiving for device to device communication
WO2022007801A1 (zh) 用于通信的方法和装置、终端设备、网络设备和介质
EP2533590A1 (en) Wireless communication system, base station device, mobile station device, and wireless communication method
JP2021106405A (ja) 無線ネットワークノード、無線デバイス、および、それらにおいて実行される方法
US20220353048A1 (en) Method for performing sidelink communication and device therefor
CN115280867B (zh) 用于覆盖增强的多模式配置
KR20130134851A (ko) 기지국간 반송파 결합을 지원하는 통신 시스템에서 물리채널의 송수신 방법 및 장치
AU2017334941B2 (en) Reference signal design
JPWO2016017356A1 (ja) ユーザ端末、無線基地局及び無線通信方法
CN116097608B (zh) 用于动态时分双工的物理上行链路控制信道资源指示
US12184382B2 (en) Apparatus and methods of simultaneous user equipment (UE) receive (RX) beam refinement
EP4144168A1 (en) Interlaced sidelink data for communication
WO2021146653A1 (en) Controlling a reference signal pattern based on doppler parameters
WO2018027915A1 (zh) 信息指示装置、方法以及通信系统
US11627590B2 (en) Scheduling network resources in wireless communication devices
US20200235878A1 (en) Devices and methods for facilitating dmrs sequence grouping
JP2015231097A (ja) ユーザ端末、無線基地局及び無線通信方法
US20240113816A1 (en) Devices and methods for acknowledging switching of operation modes for a client device
US11533739B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting control and data signals based on a short TTI in a wireless cellular communication system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21838235

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202337002086

Country of ref document: IN

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021838235

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20230119

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 2021838235

Country of ref document: EP

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 202337002086

Country of ref document: IN